SN 55 · 11. 入流相应
111. 入流相应
11. Sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ
21. 韦卢瓦拉品
1. Veḷudvāravaggo
31. 转轮王经
1. Cakkavattirājasuttaṃ
997舍卫城因缘。于此，世尊……乃至……如是说——「诸比丘！即使转轮王统治四大洲，行使主权与统治权，身坏命终后往生善趣、天界，生于三十三天众，在那里的欢喜园中，被天女众围绕，具足、具备天的五种欲功德而受用，他若不具足四法，那么他仍未解脱地狱，未解脱畜生界，未解脱饿鬼界，未解脱恶趣、苦界、堕处。诸比丘！即使圣弟子以团食维生，穿尘堆衣，他若具足四法，那么他已解脱地狱，已解脱畜生界，已解脱饿鬼界，已解脱恶趣、苦界、堕处。」
Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Tatra kho bhagavā…pe… etadavoca – ‘‘kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāretvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ, so tattha nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivuto dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti, so catūhi dhammehi asamannāgato, atha kho so aparimuttova nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako piṇḍiyālopena yāpeti, nantakāni ca dhāreti, so catūhi dhammehi samannāgato, atha kho so parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā’’.
5“是哪四种呢？比丘们，在这里，一位圣弟子对佛拥有不动摇的清澈信心：‘那位世尊就是这样的……是人与天神的天师，是觉者，是世尊。’对法……对僧……他拥有被圣者们所珍爱的戒行，这些戒行是完整的……能导向心的安定。比丘们，正是拥有了这四种特质，一位圣弟子才成为入流者，不再堕入恶趣，他的命运已经确定，最终会走向彻底的觉悟。”这是世尊所说。善逝这样说过之后，作为天师的他又接着说：
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha , bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti . Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ – cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi catūhi dhammehi samannāgato hoti. Yo ca, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho, yo catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābho catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābhassa kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasi’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.
62. 梵行浸润经
2. Brahmacariyogadhasuttaṃ
998「诸比丘！具足四法的圣弟子是入流者，不退堕法，决定趣向正觉。
‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.
8“具足哪四法呢？比丘们，这里，圣弟子对佛具有不坏净：‘那位世尊就是这样——是阿拉汉、正自觉者......天神与人的老师、佛陀、世尊。’对法......对僧......他具有圣者所喜爱的戒，这些戒不缺漏......能导向定的。比丘们，正是具足这四法，圣弟子成为入流者，不会堕入恶趣，确定无疑，以正觉为归宿。”第六经。
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti.
9这是世尊所说。善逝如此说后，导师又接着说：
Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
10「凡具有信与戒，净信与见法者；
‘‘Yesaṃ saddhā ca sīlañca, pasādo dhammadassanaṃ;
11他们确实及时证得，梵行轭之乐。」第二经。
Te ve kālena paccenti, brahmacariyogadhaṃ sukha’’nti. dutiyaṃ;
123. 近事男迪嘎武经
3. Dīghāvuupāsakasuttaṃ
999一时，世尊住在王舍城竹林栗鼠庇护所。尔时，近事男地伽武患病、痛苦、重病。于是近事男地伽武对父亲居士乔帝咖说：「来吧，居士，你去世尊那里；去后，以我的名义以头礼敬世尊之足：『尊者，近事男地伽武患病、痛苦、重病。他以头礼敬世尊之足。』并且这样说：『尊者，善哉，愿世尊出于悲悯，前往近事男地伽武的住所。』」「是的，父亲。」居士乔帝咖应诺近事男地伽武后，去世尊那里；去后，礼敬世尊，坐于一旁。坐于一旁的居士乔帝咖对世尊这样说：「尊者，近事男地伽武患病、痛苦、重病。他以头礼敬世尊之足。并且这样说：『尊者，善哉，愿世尊出于悲悯，前往近事男地伽武的住所。』」世尊以沉默同意了。
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena dīghāvu upāsako ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho dīghāvu upāsako pitaraṃ jotikaṃ gahapatiṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, gahapati, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vanda – ‘dīghāvu, bhante , upāsako ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, bhagavā yena dīghāvussa upāsakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, tātā’’ti kho jotiko gahapati dīghāvussa upāsakassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jotiko gahapati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dīghāvu, bhante, upāsako ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno . So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati. Evañca vadeti – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, bhagavā yena dīghāvussa upāsakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.
14于是世尊在上午时分穿衣、持钵衣，前往近事男地伽武的住所；去后，坐于已设的座位。坐下后，世尊对近事男地伽武这样说：「地伽武，你可忍受吗？你可维持吗？苦受是在减退而不增长吗？减退之相可了知而非增长吗？」「尊者，我不可忍受，不可维持。我的强烈苦受在增长而不减退；增长之相可了知而非减退。」「因此，地伽武，你应当这样学：『我将具足对佛的不坏净信——即：彼世尊是阿拉汉、正自觉者、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士调御丈夫、天人师、佛陀、世尊。对法……对僧……我将具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……导向定。』地伽武，你应当这样学。」
Atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena dīghāvussa upāsakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā dīghāvuṃ upāsakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, dīghāvu, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no abhikkamo’’ti? ‘‘Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṃ, na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo’’ti. ‘‘Tasmātiha te, dīghāvu, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato bhavissāmi – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato bhavissāmi akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi’. Evañhi te, dīghāvu, sikkhitabba’’nti.
15“大德，世尊所开示的那四个入流支，那些法我都有，我也能在那些法中看到自己。大德，因为我确实对佛有那不坏净，成就了它——‘那位世尊就是这样的……（中略）……天人师、佛陀、世尊。’对法……（中略）……对僧……（中略）……而且，在我家里，不管有什么可供布施的东西，全都毫无保留地与那些有戒行、有善法的人分享。” “乔达，这是你的获益，乔达，你得到了很好的收获！乔达，你已经自己宣说了这入流果。”第九经。
‘‘Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṃvijjante te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi. Ahañhi, bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī’’ti . ‘‘Tasmātiha tvaṃ, dīghāvu, imesu catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu patiṭṭhāya cha vijjābhāgiye dhamme uttari bhāveyyāsi. Idha tvaṃ, dīghāvu, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharāhi, anicce dukkhasaññī, dukkhe anattasaññī pahānasaññī virāgasaññī nirodhasaññīti. Evañhi te, dīghāvu, sikkhitabba’’nti.
16「尊者，凡世尊所说的这六种明分法，那些法存在于我，我也在那些法中可见。尊者，因为我住于在一切诸行中随观无常，在无常中有苦想，在苦中有无我想，有断想，有离贪想，有灭想。但是，尊者，我这样想：『愿这位居士乔帝咖在我死后不要遭受损害。』」「亲爱的地伽武，你不要这样作意。来吧，亲爱的地伽武，凡世尊对你所说的，你就善加作意那个。」
‘‘Yeme, bhante, bhagavatā cha vijjābhāgiyā dhammā desitā, saṃvijjante te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi. Ahañhi, bhante, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharāmi, anicce dukkhasaññī, dukkhe anattasaññī pahānasaññī virāgasaññī nirodhasaññī. Api ca me, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘mā hevāyaṃ jotiko gahapati mamaccayena vighātaṃ āpajjī’’’ti . ‘‘Mā tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, evaṃ manasākāsi. Iṅgha tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, yadeva te bhagavā āha, tadeva tvaṃ sādhukaṃ manasi karohī’’ti.
17那时，世尊以这个教诫教导了长寿居士后，从座位起身离开了。不久，在佛陀离开后，长寿居士去世了。接着，许多比丘去到世尊那里，到了以后，礼敬世尊，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的比丘们对世尊这样说：‘尊者！那位名叫长寿的居士，得到了世尊的简要教诫而后命终了。他去了哪里？他的下一生怎么样？’‘比丘们，长寿居士是个智者，他依法随法而行，并不在法上烦扰我。比丘们，长寿居士因为彻底断除了五下分结，成为了化生者，在那里般涅槃，不再从那世间回来。’第三。
Atha kho bhagavā dīghāvuṃ upāsakaṃ iminā ovādena ovaditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho dīghāvu upāsako acirapakkantassa bhagavato kālamakāsi. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘yo so, bhante, dīghāvu nāma upāsako bhagavatā saṃkhittena ovādena ovadito so kālaṅkato. Tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti? ‘‘Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, dīghāvu upāsako, paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṃ, na ca maṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ vihesesi . Dīghāvu, bhikkhave, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
184. 舍利弗经第一
4. Paṭhamasāriputtasuttaṃ
1000有一次，舍利弗尊者和阿难尊者住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时，阿难尊者在傍晚从禅坐中起身……坐在一旁。坐在一旁的阿难尊者对舍利弗尊者这样说：‘朋友舍利弗，因为具备了哪些法，佛陀授记这些人为入流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉呢？’‘朋友，因为具备了四法，佛陀授记这些人为入流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。’
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca ānando sāvatthiyaṃ viharanti jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito…pe… ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katinaṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti ? ‘‘Catunnaṃ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’.
20「哪四种？贤友，这里，圣弟子具足对佛的不坏净信——即：彼世尊……天人师、佛、世尊。对法……对僧……他具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……导向定。贤友，具足这四法故，这些众生被世尊记说为入流者、不堕法、决定、以正觉为彼岸。」第四经。
‘‘Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Idhāvuso, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imesaṃ kho, āvuso, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
215. 舍利弗经第二
5. Dutiyasāriputtasuttaṃ
1001那时，舍利弗尊者去到世尊那里。到了以后，礼敬世尊，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的舍利弗尊者，世尊对他这样说：‘舍利弗，这里说到“入流支，入流支”。那么，舍利弗，什么是入流支呢？’‘尊者，亲近善士是入流支，听闻正法是入流支，如理作意是入流支，法随法行是入流支。’‘善哉善哉，舍利弗！的确，舍利弗，亲近善士是入流支，听闻正法是入流支，如理作意是入流支，法随法行是入流支。’
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘‘sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, sotāpattiyaṅga’nti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. Katamaṃ nu kho sāriputta, sotāpattiyaṅga’’nti? ‘‘Sappurisasaṃsevo hi, bhante, sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, saddhammassavanaṃ sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, yonisomanasikāro sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti sotāpattiyaṅga’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Sappurisasaṃsevo hi, sāriputta, sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, saddhammassavanaṃ sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, yonisomanasikāro sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti sotāpattiyaṅgaṃ’’.
23「舍利弗，这里说『流』、『流』。舍利弗，什么是流呢？」「尊者，这圣八支道即是流，即是：正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。」「善哉！善哉！舍利弗！舍利弗，这圣八支道即是流，即是：正见……正定。」
‘‘‘Soto, soto’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. Katamo nu kho, sāriputta, soto’’ti? ‘‘Ayameva hi, bhante, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo soto, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Ayameva hi, sāriputta, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo soto, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi’’.
24「舍利弗，这里说『入流者』、『入流者』。舍利弗，什么是入流者呢？」「尊者，凡具备这圣八支道者，这被称为入流者，这位具寿是如此名、如此姓。」「善哉！善哉！舍利弗！舍利弗，凡具备这圣八支道者，这被称为入流者，这位具寿是如此名、如此姓。」第五经。
‘‘‘Sotāpanno , sotāpanno’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. Katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotāpanno’’ti ? ‘‘Yo hi, bhante, iminā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno, svāyaṃ āyasmā evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Yo hi, sāriputta, iminā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno, svāyaṃ āyasmā evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.
256. 塔巴帝经
6. Thapatisuttaṃ
266. 塔巴帝经
6. Thapatisuttaṃ
1002舍卫城因缘。尔时，众多比丘为世尊作衣业——「世尊衣已完成，三个月后将出发游行。」尔时，伊西达答与布拉那两位长者因某种事务而善住。伊西达答与布拉那两位长者听闻——「据说众多比丘为世尊作衣业——『世尊衣已完成，三个月后将出发游行。』」
Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena isidattapurāṇā thapatayo sādhuke paṭivasanti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosuṃ kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo – ‘‘sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – ‘niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’’ti.
28于是，工头伊西达德和工头补罗纳在路上派了一个人，交代他说：“喂，朋友，你什么时候看到世尊——那位阿拉汉、正自觉者——要过来了，就来通知我们。”那个人等了两三天，远远地看见世尊正走过来。看见之后，他就去找工头伊西达德和工头补罗纳，到了之后对他们说：“两位大德，世尊、那位阿拉汉、正自觉者来了。现在请两位看什么时候方便过去吧。”
Atha kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo magge purisaṃ ṭhapesuṃ – ‘‘yadā tvaṃ, ambho purisa, passeyyāsi bhagavantaṃ āgacchantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ, atha amhākaṃ āroceyyāsī’’ti. Dvīhatīhaṃ ṭhito kho so puriso addasa bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna yena isidattapurāṇā thapatayo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā isidattapurāṇe thapatayo etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ so, bhante, bhagavā āgacchati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. Yassa dāni kālaṃ maññathā’’ti.
29于是，工头伊西达德和工头补罗纳就去见世尊，到了之后礼敬世尊，然后跟在世尊后面走着。那时，世尊离开大路，来到一棵树下，在铺好的座位上坐了下来。工头伊西达德和工头补罗纳礼敬世尊后，坐在一边。坐在一边之后，他们对世尊这样说：
Atha kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ –
30“大德，每当我们听说‘世尊要离开沙瓦提城，到高沙喇国境内去游行了’，那时我们的心就不舒服，会感到忧愁，心想：‘世尊就要离我们很远了。’而大德，每当我们听说‘世尊已经离开沙瓦提城，进入高沙喇国境内游行了’，那时我们的心就不舒服，会感到忧愁，心想：‘世尊离我们很远了。’”
‘‘Yadā mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘sāvatthiyā kosalesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘sāvatthiyā kosalesu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti , hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā’’’ti.
31“可是，大德，每当我们听到世尊要离开高沙喇国，前往舍卫城游化的消息时，我们心里就感到欢喜、感到喜悦，心想：‘世尊离我们近了。’大德，而每当我们听到世尊就住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园时，我们心中更是无比欢喜、无比喜悦，心想：‘世尊离我们近了。’”
‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kosalehi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante , bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kosalehi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā’’’ti.
32可是，大德，当我们听说：‘世尊将离开末罗国去拘萨罗国游历’时，那时我们就高兴，心里欢喜：‘世尊要离我们很近了。’而当我们听说：‘世尊已经从末罗国出发去拘萨罗国游历了’时，那时我们也高兴，心里欢喜：‘世尊离我们很近了。’
‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā’’’ti.
33可是，大德，当我们听说：‘世尊将离开瓦基国去末罗国游历’时，那时我们就高兴，心里欢喜：‘世尊要离我们很近了。’而当我们听说：‘世尊已经从瓦基国出发去末罗国游历了’时，那时我们也高兴，心里欢喜：‘世尊离我们很近了。’
‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘vajjīhi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘vajjīhi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā’’’ti.
34可是，大德，当我们听说：‘世尊将离开卡西国去瓦基国游历’时，那时我们就高兴，心里欢喜：‘世尊要离我们很近了。’而当我们听说：‘世尊已经从卡西国出发去瓦基国游历了’时，那时我们也高兴，心里欢喜：‘世尊离我们很近了。’
‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kāsīhi māgadhe cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kāsīhi māgadhe cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti anappakā no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti anappakaṃ domanassaṃ – ‘dūre no bhagavā’’’ti.
35可是，大德，当我们听说：‘世尊将离开摩揭陀国去卡西国游历’时，那时我们就高兴，心里欢喜：‘世尊要离我们很近了。’而当我们听说：‘世尊已经从摩揭陀国出发去卡西国游历了’时，那时我们也高兴，心里欢喜：‘世尊离我们很近了。’
‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘māgadhehi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti , hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘māgadhehi kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā’’’ti.
36「尊者，当我们听闻世尊『将从迦尸出发游行至瓦基』时，在那时我们有满意，有喜悦——『世尊将接近我们』。尊者，当我们听闻世尊『已从迦尸出发游行至瓦基』时，在那时我们有满意，有喜悦——『世尊已接近我们』。」
‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kāsīhi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kāsīhi vajjīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā’’’ti.
37「尊者，当我们听闻世尊『将从瓦基出发游行至马拉』时，在那时我们有满意，有喜悦——『世尊将接近我们』。尊者，当我们听闻世尊『已从瓦基出发游行至马拉』时，在那时我们有满意，有喜悦——『世尊已接近我们』。」
‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā’’’ti.
38「尊者，当我们听闻世尊『将从马拉出发游行至果沙喇』时，在那时我们有满意，有喜悦——『世尊将接近我们』。尊者，当我们听闻世尊『已从马拉出发游行至果沙喇』时，在那时我们有满意，有喜悦——『世尊已接近我们』。」
‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘mallehi kosale cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘mallehi kosale cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā’’’ti.
39「尊者，当我们听闻世尊『将从果沙喇出发游行至舍卫城』时，在那时我们有满意，有喜悦——『世尊将接近我们』。尊者，当我们听闻世尊『住在舍卫城，祇园，祇树给孤独园』时，在那时我们有不少的满意，有不少的喜悦——『世尊已接近我们』。」
‘‘Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘kosalehi sāvatthiṃ cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti. Yadā pana mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ suṇāma – ‘sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme’ti, hoti anappakā no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti anappakaṃ somanassaṃ – ‘āsanne no bhagavā’’’ti.
40“所以，工匠们，居家生活是拥挤的，是尘垢之路；出家则是开阔的。而你们，工匠们，也足以策励不放逸了。工匠们，一个圣弟子如果具备了四种法，就成了入流者，不再堕入恶趣，已得确定，必将走向正觉。
‘‘Tasmātiha, thapatayo, sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Alañca pana vo, thapatayo, appamādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho no, bhante, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā’’ti. ‘‘Katamo pana vo, thapatayo, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā’’ti?
41“大德，是这样的。每当高沙喇国波斯匿王想要出游到御花园时，我们就把那些波斯匿王出巡时要乘坐的大象准备好，然后让波斯匿王那些美丽可爱的王妃们，一个坐在我们前面，一个坐在我们后面。大德，那些王族女子的气味，就好像一个香料盒刚被打开时那样芬芳，毕竟，她们都是用香料精心装扮过的王族女子。大德，而她们身体的触感，就像棉绒或木棉绒那样柔软，毕竟，她们都是娇生惯养的王族女子。在那个当下，大德，我们既要看管好大象，也要看管好那些王族女子，还得看管好我们自己。然而，大德，我们想不起来那时候我们对那些王族女子生起过任何不善的念头。大德，这就是我们所说的，比那个‘拥挤’更拥挤、更算得上是拥挤的‘拥挤’了。”
‘‘Idha mayaṃ, bhante, yadā rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyātukāmo hoti, ye te rañño pasenadissa kosalassa nāgā opavayhā te kappetvā, yā tā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa pajāpatiyo piyā manāpā tā ekaṃ purato ekaṃ pacchato nisīdāpema. Tāsaṃ kho pana, bhante, bhaginīnaṃ evarūpo gandho hoti, seyyathāpi nāma gandhakaraṇḍakassa tāvadeva vivariyamānassa, yathā taṃ rājakaññānaṃ gandhena vibhūsitānaṃ. Tāsaṃ kho pana, bhante, bhaginīnaṃ evarūpo kāyasamphasso hoti, seyyathāpi nāma tūlapicuno vā kappāsapicuno vā, yathā taṃ rājakaññānaṃ sukhedhitānaṃ. Tasmiṃ kho pana, bhante, samaye nāgopi rakkhitabbo hoti, tāpi bhaginiyo rakkhitabbā honti, attāpi rakkhitabbo hoti. Na kho pana mayaṃ, bhante, abhijānāma tāsu bhaginīsu pāpakaṃ cittaṃ uppādetā. Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā’’ti.
42「因此，在此，诸理发师，在家是逼迫、是尘垢之道，出家是空旷。然而，诸理发师，你们足以不放逸。诸理发师，具足四法的圣弟子是入流者，不退堕法，决定趣向正觉。
‘‘Tasmātiha, thapatayo, sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Alañca pana vo, thapatayo, appamādāya. Catūhi kho, thapatayo, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.
43「哪四种？在此，诸理发师，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊是阿拉汉……(中略)……是天人师、佛陀、世尊。对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)……以离垢、离悭吝之心住于家中，是舍施者、伸手施者、乐于舍弃者、乞求的对象者、乐于施与分享者。诸理发师，具足这四法的圣弟子是入流者，不退堕法，决定趣向正觉。
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, thapatayo, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… vigatamalamaccherena cetasā ajjhāgāraṃ vasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Imehi kho, thapatayo, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.
44“工匠们，你们对佛拥有不动摇的清澈信心：‘那位世尊是……（中略）……天人师、佛陀、世尊。’对法……（中略）……对僧……（中略）……再者，凡家里任何可以布施的物品，你们全都毫无保留地与那些具戒者、善德者分享。工匠们，你们认为如何？在高沙喇国里，能够和你们一样、与你们平起平坐在布施和分享上的人，又有多少呢？”“大德，这真是我们的收获，真是我们的大收获！世尊能这样了解我们。”第六经。
‘‘Tumhe kho, thapatayo, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… yaṃ kho pana kiñci kule deyyadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ appaṭivibhattaṃ sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehi. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, thapatayo, katividhā te kosalesu manussā ye tumhākaṃ samasamā, yadidaṃ – dānasaṃvibhāge’’ti? ‘‘Lābhā no, bhante, suladdhaṃ no, bhante! Yesaṃ no bhagavā evaṃ pajānātī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
457. 韦卢瓦拉经
7. Veḷudvāreyyasuttaṃ
1003如是我闻：一时，世尊在国憍萨罗游行，与大比丘僧团一起，抵达名为韦卢瓦喇的国憍萨罗婆罗门村。那些韦卢瓦喇的婆罗门居士们听闻：「尊者，沙门乔达摩，释迦子，从释迦家族出家，在国憍萨罗游行，与大比丘僧团一起，已到达韦卢瓦喇。关于那位尊者乔达摩，如此善名声已传出：『即：彼世尊是阿拉汉、正自觉者、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士调御丈夫、天人师、佛陀、世尊。他以自己的胜智,亲自证知这个有天、魔、梵的世间,以及有沙门、婆罗门、天、人的众生后,为他们宣说。他说法，初善、中善、后善，有义、有文，宣示完全圆满、清净的梵行。』见到这样的阿拉汉们，确实是善！」
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷudvāraṃ nāma kosalānaṃ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā – ‘‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ veḷudvāraṃ anuppatto. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā . So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti’. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’ti.
47那时，那些韦卢瓦喇的婆罗门居士们前往世尊处；到达后，有些人礼敬世尊后，坐于一旁。有些人与世尊互相问候；交换了友好、值得忆念的话语后，坐于一旁。有些人向世尊合掌后，坐于一旁。有些人在世尊面前报上姓名后，坐于一旁。有些人默然坐于一旁。坐于一旁的那些韦卢瓦喇的婆罗门居士们对世尊如此说：「乔达摩尊者，我们有如此的欲、如此的意愿、如此的志向——我们应住于有子女拥挤的卧处，应享用迦尸咖旃檀，应持用花鬘、香料、涂料，应接受金银，身坏命终后，应往生善趣、天界。乔达摩尊者，请对我们这些有如此欲、如此意愿、如此志向者说法，使我们应住于有子女拥挤的卧处……(中略)……应往生善趣、天界。」
Atha kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu; sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mayaṃ, bho gotama, evaṃkāmā evaṃchandā evaṃadhippāyā – puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvaseyyāma, kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhaveyyāma, mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhāreyyāma, jātarūparajataṃ sādiyeyyāma, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyāma. Tesaṃ no bhavaṃ gotamo amhākaṃ evaṃkāmānaṃ evaṃchandānaṃ evaṃadhippāyānaṃ tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā mayaṃ puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvaseyyāma…pe… sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyāmā’’ti.
48「诸居士，我将对你们说自己引导的法门。你们要听！要善作意！我要说了。」「是的，尊者。」那些韦卢瓦喇的婆罗门居士们回答世尊。世尊如此说：
‘‘Attūpanāyikaṃ vo, gahapatayo, dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
49「诸居士，什么是自己引导的法门？在此，诸居士，圣弟子如此省察：『我是欲生者、不欲死者、欲乐者、厌苦者。若有人夺去我这个欲生、不欲死、欲乐、厌苦者的生命，那对我来说不是可爱、可意的。然而，若我夺去他人这个欲生、不欲死、欲乐、厌苦者的生命，那对他人来说也是不可爱、不可意的。对我来说不可爱、不可意的这个法，对他人来说也是不可爱、不可意的法。对我来说不可爱、不可意的这个法，我怎能以此加诸他人呢？』他如此省察后，自己离杀生，也劝导他人离杀生，也赞叹离杀生。如此，他的这个身行为在三方面清净。
‘‘Katamo ca, gahapatayo, attupanāyiko dhammapariyāyo? Idha, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ khosmi jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikūlo. Yo kho maṃ jīvitukāmaṃ amaritukāmaṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhappaṭikūlaṃ jīvitā voropeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ jīvitukāmaṃ amaritukāmaṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhappaṭikūlaṃ jīvitā voropeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya’nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, parañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ kāyasamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.
50「再者，诸居士，圣弟子如此省察：『若有人取我未给与的、称为盗窃的，那对我来说不可爱、不可意。而若我取他人未给与的、称为盗窃的，对他人来说那也是不可爱、不可意。凡对我来说这法是不可爱、不可意的，对他人来说这法也是不可爱、不可意的。凡对我来说这法是不可爱、不可意的，我怎能以此束缚他人呢？』如此省察后，他自己离不与取，也劝导他人离不与取，也赞叹离不与取。如此，他的这身行为以三方面清净。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yo kho me adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana parassa adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya’nti ! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, parañca adinnādānā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, adinnādānā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ kāyasamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.
51「再者，诸居士，圣弟子如此省察：『若有人对我的妻子行邪行，那对我来说不可爱、不可意。而若我对他人的妻子行邪行，对他人来说那也是不可爱、不可意。凡对我来说这法是不可爱、不可意的，对他人来说这法也是不可爱、不可意的。凡对我来说这法是不可爱、不可意的，我怎能以此束缚他人呢？』如此省察后，他自己离欲邪行，也劝导他人离欲邪行，也称赞离欲邪行。如此，他的这身行为以三方面清净。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yo kho me dāresu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana parassa dāresu cārittaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya’nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ kāyasamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.
52「再者，诸居士，圣弟子如此省察：『若有人以妄语破坏我的利益，那对我来说不可爱、不可意。而若我以妄语破坏他人的利益，对他人来说那也是不可爱、不可意。凡对我来说这法是不可爱、不可意的，对他人来说这法也是不可爱、不可意的。凡对我来说这法是不可爱、不可意的，我怎能以此束缚他人呢？』如此省察后，他自己离妄语，也劝导他人离妄语，也称赞离妄语。如此，他的这语行为以三方面清净。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yo kho me musāvādena atthaṃ bhañjeyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana parassa musāvādena atthaṃ bhañjeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya’nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, parañca musāvādā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, musāvādā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.
53「再者，诸居士，圣弟子如此省察：『若有人以两舌离间我的朋友，那对我来说不可爱、不可意。而若我以两舌离间他人的朋友，对他人来说那也是不可爱、不可意。……如此，他的这语行为以三方面清净。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – yo kho maṃ pisuṇāya vācāya mitte bhindeyya , na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ pisuṇāya vācāya mitte bhindeyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ…pe… evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.
54「再者，诸居士，圣弟子如此省察：『若有人以粗恶语对待我，那对我来说不可爱、不可意。而若我以粗恶语对待他人，对他人来说那也是不可爱、不可意。凡对我来说这法……如此，他的这语行为以三方面清净。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – yo kho maṃ pharusāya vācāya samudācareyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ pharusāya vācāya samudācareyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo…pe… evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.
55「再者，诸居士，圣弟子如此省察：『若有人以杂秽语、杂秽语言对待我，那对我来说不可爱、不可意。而若我以杂秽语、杂秽语言对待他人，对他人来说那也是不可爱、不可意。凡对我来说这法是不可爱、不可意的，对他人来说这法也是不可爱、不可意的。凡对我来说这法是不可爱、不可意的，我怎能以此束缚他人呢？』如此省察后，他自己离杂秽语，也劝导他人离杂秽语，也称赞离杂秽语。如此，他的这语行为以三方面清净。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yo kho maṃ samphabhāsena samphappalāpabhāsena samudācareyya, na metaṃ assa piyaṃ manāpaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana paraṃ samphabhāsena samphappalāpabhāsena samudācareyyaṃ, parassapi taṃ assa appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, parassa peso dhammo appiyo amanāpo. Yo kho myāyaṃ dhammo appiyo amanāpo, kathāhaṃ paraṃ tena saṃyojeyya’nti! So iti paṭisaṅkhāya attanā ca samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti , parañca samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā samādapeti, samphappalāpā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Evamassāyaṃ vacīsamācāro tikoṭiparisuddho hoti.
56「他具足对佛的证净：『彼世尊……是天人师、佛陀、世尊。』对法……对僧具足证净：『世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者……是世间无上的福田。』他具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……导向定。诸居士，当圣弟子具足这七善法，具足这四可欲之处时，他若愿意，可以自己记说自己：『我已尽地狱，已尽畜生界，已尽饿鬼界，已尽恶趣、恶处、堕处，我是入流者，不堕恶趣法，决定趣向正觉。』」
‘‘So buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme …pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Yato kho, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako imehi sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti imehi catūhi ākaṅkhiyehi ṭhānehi, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.
57「听到这些话，竹门村的婆罗门居士们对世尊这样说：'太殊胜了，乔达摩尊者！……我们归依乔达摩尊者，归依法，也归依比丘僧团。愿乔达摩尊者接纳我们为优婆塞，从今日起，直到生命结束，我们都归依。'」第七经。
Evaṃ vutte veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… ete mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsake no bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
588. 砖屋经第一
8. Paṭhamagiñjakāvasathasuttaṃ
1004如是我闻：一时，世尊住在那提咖的砖屋。那时，具寿阿难去到世尊那里；到了之后，礼敬世尊，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿阿难对世尊这样说：
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā ñātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
60「尊者，名叫沙罗的比丘命终了；他的趣向如何，来世如何？尊者，名叫南达的比丘尼命终了；她的趣向如何，来世如何？尊者，名叫给孤独长者的近事男命终了；他的趣向如何，来世如何？尊者，名叫须迦答的近事女命终了；她的趣向如何，来世如何？」
‘‘Sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī kālaṅkatā; tassā kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā kālaṅkatā; tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?
61「阿难，比丘沙罗命终了，以诸漏尽，于现法自己以证智作证，具足住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱。阿难，比丘尼南达命终了，以五下分结的灭尽，成为化生者，在那里般涅槃，不从那个世间再来。阿难，近事男给孤独长者命终了，以三结的灭尽，以及贪嗔痴的减弱，成为一来者；只来此世间一次，将作苦的终结。阿难，近事女须迦答命终了，以三结的灭尽，成为入流者，不堕恶趣法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。」
‘‘Sāḷho , ānanda, bhikkhu kālaṅkato āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī kālaṅkatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako kālaṅkato tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī; sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.
62「阿难，这确实不稀奇，凡是人类生者会命终；若每次命终时，你们来到我这里询问此事，阿难，这对如来来说是困扰。因此，阿难，我将说名为法镜的法门；具足此法门的圣弟子，若愿意，可以自己记说自己：『我已尽地狱，已尽畜生界，已尽饿鬼界，已尽恶趣、苦界、堕处，我是入流者，不堕恶趣法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。』」
‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṃ kareyya; tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce maṃ kālaṅkate upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ paṭipucchissatha. Vihesā pesā, ānanda, assa tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda , dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’.
63“阿难！那个名为‘法镜’的法门，也就是圣弟子拥有了它，只要愿意，就能自己这么判断：‘我地狱已尽，畜生已尽，饿鬼已尽，一切恶趣、恶道、堕处都已灭尽。我是入流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。’是什么呢？”
‘‘Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’?
64「阿难，在此，圣弟子具足对佛的证净：『如是，彼世尊……(中略)……是天人师、佛陀、世尊。』对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……(中略)……导向定。阿难，这就是那个法镜法门；具足此法门的圣弟子，若愿意，可以自己记说自己：『我已尽地狱，已尽畜生界，已尽饿鬼界，已尽恶趣、苦界、堕处，我是入流者，不堕恶趣法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。』」第八经。
‘‘Idha, ānanda, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
65（这三部经的缘起相同。）
(Tīṇipi suttantāni ekanidānāni).
669. 砖屋经第二
9. Dutiyagiñjakāvasathasuttaṃ
1005坐在一旁的具寿阿难对世尊这样说：“尊者，那位名叫螃蟹的亲戚城优婆塞去世了；他的去处是什么，他未来的归宿是什么？尊者，那位名叫迦利跋的亲戚城优婆塞……（中略）……尊者，那位名叫尼迦多的亲戚城优婆塞……（中略）……尊者，那位名叫迦帝萨诃的亲戚城优婆塞……（中略）……尊者，那位名叫度多的亲戚城优婆塞……（中略）……尊者，那位名叫善度的亲戚城优婆塞……（中略）……尊者，那位名叫贤善的亲戚城优婆塞……（中略）……尊者，那位名叫极贤的亲戚城优婆塞去世了；他的去处是什么，他未来的归宿是什么？”
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘asoko nāma, bhante, bhikkhu kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Asokā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī kālaṅkatā…pe… asoko nāma, bhante, upāsako kālaṅkato…pe… asokā nāma, bhante, upāsikā kālaṅkatā; tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?
68“阿难，去世的无忧比丘，通过断尽一切烦恼，就在这现世，亲身作证、彻底证知之后，达到并安住于无烦恼的心解脱、慧解脱……（中略）……（缘起同前一个授记）。
‘‘Asoko, ānanda, bhikkhu kālaṅkato āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi…pe… (purimaveyyākaraṇena ekanidānaṃ).
69“阿难，这就是那个法镜和法门；一个具备这个的圣弟子，如果愿意，可以自己为自己授记于：‘我地狱已尽，我畜生道已尽，我饿鬼界已尽，我已断绝一切恶趣、苦界与恶堕；我是入流者，不再堕落恶道，必定趋向正觉。’”第九部经。
‘‘Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti. Navamaṃ.
7010. 砖屋经第三
10. Tatiyagiñjakāvasathasuttaṃ
1006坐在一旁的具寿阿难对世尊这样说：「尊者，在那提咖名叫咖咖达的近事男命终了；他的去处是什么，未来归宿如何？尊者，在那提咖名叫咖利跋的近事男命终了；他的去处是什么，未来归宿如何？尊者，在那提咖名叫尼咖达的近事男命终了；他的去处是什么，未来归宿如何？尊者，在那提咖名叫咖帝萨哈的近事男命终了；他的去处是什么，未来归宿如何？尊者，在那提咖名叫都吒的近事男命终了；他的去处是什么，未来归宿如何？尊者，在那提咖名叫善都吒的近事男命终了；他的去处是什么，未来归宿如何？尊者，在那提咖名叫跋达的近事男命终了；他的去处是什么，未来归宿如何？尊者，在那提咖名叫苏跋达的近事男命终了；他的去处是什么，未来归宿如何？」
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kakkaṭo nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kaḷibho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… nikato nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… kaṭissaho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… bhaddo nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako…pe… subhaddo nāma, bhante, ñātike upāsako kālaṅkato; tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?
72“阿难，去世的螃蟹优婆塞，通过彻底断尽五下分结，成为化生者，在那里究竟涅槃，不再从那世间回来。阿难，迦利跋……（中略）……阿难，尼迦多……（中略）……阿难，迦帝萨诃……（中略）……阿难，度多……（中略）……阿难，善度……（中略）……阿难，贤善……（中略）……阿难，去世的极贤优婆塞，通过彻底断尽五下分结，成为化生者，在那里究竟涅槃，不再从那世间回来。（所有人应知为同一去处。）”
‘‘Kakkaṭo , ānanda, upāsako kālaṅkato pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kaḷibho, ānanda …pe… nikato, ānanda…pe… kaṭissaho, ānanda …pe… tuṭṭho, ānanda…pe… santuṭṭho, ānanda…pe… bhaddo, ānanda…pe… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako kālaṅkato pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. (Sabbe ekagatikā kātabbā).
73「阿难，五十多位那提咖近事男命终了，以五下分结的尽，是化生者，在那里般涅槃者，不从那世间回来者。阿难，九十多位那提咖近事男命终了，以三结的尽，以贪嗔痴的减弱，是一来者；只来此世间一次后，将作苦的终结。阿难，五百多位那提咖近事男命终了，以三结的尽，是入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。
‘‘Paropaññāsa, ānanda, ñātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikanavuti, ānanda, ñātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino; sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Chātirekāni kho, ānanda, pañcasatāni ñātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.
74「阿难，这确实不稀奇，即成为人者会命终；若每当命终时，你们来到我处询问此义。阿难，这对如来来说是恼害。因此，阿难，我将说名为法镜的法门；具备此者的圣弟子，若愿意，可以自己记说自己：『我已尽地狱，已尽畜生界，已尽饿鬼界，已尽恶趣、苦界、堕处，我是入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。』
‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṃ kareyya; tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce maṃ kālaṅkate upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ paṭipucchissatha. Vihesā pesā, ānanda, assa tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’.
75「阿难，什么是那法镜法门；具备此者的圣弟子，若愿意，可以自己记说自己：『我已尽地狱，已尽畜生界，已尽饿鬼界，已尽恶趣、苦界、堕处，我是入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸』?
‘‘Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’.
76「阿难，于此，圣弟子具备对佛的证净：『如此，彼世尊……天人师、佛、世尊。』对法……对僧……具备圣者所喜之戒，无毁……导向定。阿难，这就是那法镜法门；具备此者的圣弟子，若愿意，可以自己记说自己：『我已尽地狱，已尽畜生界，已尽饿鬼界，已尽恶趣、苦界、堕处，我是入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。』」第十经。
‘‘Idhānanda , ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo; yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
77韦卢瓦拉品第一
Veḷudvāravaggo paṭhamo.
78其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
79其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
80《王》、《浸入》、《长寿》，和《舍利弗》两篇；
Rājā ogadhadīghāvu, sāriputtāpare duve;
81工匠、竹门、砖瓦堂三则。
Thapatī veḷudvāreyyā, giñjakāvasathe tayoti.
822. 王园品
2. Rājakārāmavaggo
832. 王园品
2. Rājakārāmavaggo
841. 千比丘尼僧团经
1. Sahassabhikkhunisaṅghasuttaṃ
1007一时，世尊住在舍卫城的王园。那时，千位比丘尼僧团前往世尊所在之处；抵达后，礼敬世尊，站立于一旁。世尊对站立于一旁的那些比丘尼如此说——
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati rājakārāme. Atha kho sahassabhikkhunisaṅgho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca –
86「诸比丘尼，具足四法的圣弟子是入流者，不退堕法，决定趣向正觉。哪四种？诸比丘尼，于此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊……(中略)……是天人师、佛、世尊。对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……(中略)……导向定。诸比丘尼，具足这四法的圣弟子是入流者，不退堕法，决定趣向正觉。」第一经。
‘‘Catūhi kho, bhikkhuniyo, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhuniyo, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme …pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti, akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhuniyo, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
872. 婆罗门经
2. Brāhmaṇasuttaṃ
882. 婆罗门经
2. Brāhmaṇasuttaṃ
1008源于沙瓦提城。“比丘们，婆罗门们宣说一种叫作‘导向上升’的修行方法。他们这样教导弟子：‘来，你这个人，天一亮就起床，朝东走。你不要避开坑洞，不要避开悬崖，不要避开树桩，不要避开荆棘丛，不要避开粪坑，不要避开臭水沟。你该在哪里摔死，就在那里等死。就这样，你这个人，在身体破裂、死后，将会投生到善趣、天界。’
Sāvatthinidānaṃ . ‘‘Brāhmaṇā, bhikkhave, udayagāminiṃ nāma paṭipadaṃ paññapenti. Te sāvakaṃ evaṃ samādapenti – ‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, kālasseva uṭṭhāya pācīnamukho yāhi. So tvaṃ mā sobbhaṃ parivajjehi, mā papātaṃ, mā khāṇuṃ, mā kaṇḍakaṭhānaṃ , mā candaniyaṃ, mā oḷigallaṃ. Yattha papateyyāsi tattheva maraṇaṃ āgameyyāsi. Evaṃ tvaṃ, ambho purisa, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissasī’’’ti.
90「诸比丘，然而那是婆罗门们的愚行，那是痴行，不导向厌离、离贪、灭、寂止、证智、正觉、涅槃。诸比丘，而我在圣律中施设增益行道；它导向一向厌离、离贪、灭、寂止、证智、正觉、涅槃。」
‘‘Taṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇānaṃ bālagamanametaṃ mūḷhagamanametaṃ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati. Ahañca kho, bhikkhave, ariyassa vinaye udayagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ paññapemi; yā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.
91比丘们，什么是导向升进之行，能导向彻底厌离……乃至导向涅槃呢？比丘们，在此，圣弟子对佛具备不坏净——那位世尊就是阿拉汉、正自觉者……天人师、佛、世尊；对法……对僧……具备圣者所喜之戒，这些戒不缺不破……导向定。比丘们，这就是那导向升进之行，能导向彻底厌离……乃至导向涅槃。第二。
‘‘Katamā ca sā, bhikkhave, udayagāminī paṭipadā; yā ekantanibbidāya…pe… nibbānāya saṃvattati? Idha , bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ kho sā, bhikkhave, udayagāminī paṭipadā ekantanibbidāya…pe… nibbānāya saṃvattatī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
923. 阿难长老经
3. Ānandattherasuttaṃ
1009有一次，阿难尊者和舍利弗尊者住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时，舍利弗尊者在傍晚从禅坐中起来，前往阿难尊者那里。到了之后，与阿难尊者互相问候。说了一些客套和亲切的话之后，坐在一边。坐在一边的舍利弗尊者对阿难尊者这样说：“朋友阿难，由于断除了哪些法、具备了哪些法，世尊才宣告这一类众生是入流者，不再堕入恶趣，决定以正觉为归宿呢？”“朋友，由于断除了四种法，具备了四种法，所以世尊才宣告这一类众生是入流者，不再堕入恶趣，决定以正觉为归宿。”
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca ānando āyasmā ca sāriputto sāvatthiyaṃ viharanti jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katinaṃ kho, āvuso ānanda , dhammānaṃ pahānā, katinaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti? ‘‘Catunnaṃ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṃ pahānā, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti.
94“是哪四种呢？朋友，未受教导的普通人，因为具备某种对佛没有净信的心，在身体破裂、死亡后，会投生到恶道、苦界、堕处、地狱；而那样的对佛没有净信，入流者是不会有的。朋友，已受教导的圣弟子，因为具备某种对佛的不坏净信的心，在身体破裂、死亡后，会投生到善道、天界；入流者就具备那样对佛的不坏净——即，那位世尊就是……天人师、佛、世尊。”
‘‘Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Yathārūpena kho, āvuso, buddhe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa buddhe appasādo na hoti. Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa buddhe aveccappasādo hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’’ti.
95“朋友，未受教导的普通人，因为具备某种对法没有净信的心，在身体破裂、死亡后，会投生到恶道、苦界、堕处、地狱；而那样的对法没有净信，入流者是不会有的。朋友，已受教导的圣弟子，因为具备某种对法的不坏净信的心，在身体破裂、死亡后，会投生到善道、天界；入流者就具备那样对法的不坏净——即，法是世尊善说的……能由智者各自亲证的。”
‘‘Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dhamme appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa dhamme appasādo na hoti. Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa dhamme aveccappasādo hoti – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… viññūhīti.
96“朋友，未受教导的普通人，因为具备某种对僧没有净信的心，在身体破裂、死亡后，会投生到恶道、苦界、堕处、地狱；而那样的对僧没有净信，入流者是不会有的。朋友，已受教导的圣弟子，因为具备某种对僧的不坏净信的心，在身体破裂、死亡后，会投生到善道、天界；入流者就具备那样对僧的不坏净——即，世尊的声闻僧团是善行道的……是世间无上的福田。”
‘‘Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, saṅghe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa saṅghe appasādo na hoti. Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa saṅghe aveccappasādo hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti.
97“朋友，未受教导的普通人，因为具备某种恶戒，在身体破裂、死亡后，会投生到恶道、苦界、堕处、地狱；而那样的恶戒，入流者是不会有的。朋友，已受教导的圣弟子，因为具备某种圣者所喜之戒，在身体破裂、死亡后，会投生到善道、天界；入流者就具备那样圣者所喜的、不缺不破的……导向定的戒。朋友，正是由于断除了这四种法，具备了这四种法，所以世尊才宣告这一类众生是入流者，不再堕入恶趣，决定以正觉为归宿。”第三。
‘‘Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dussīlyena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa dussīlyaṃ na hoti. Yathārūpehi ca kho, āvuso, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpāni ariyakantāni sīlāni honti akhaṇḍāni…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikāni. Imesaṃ kho, āvuso, catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānā imesaṃ catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṃ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
984. 恶趣怖畏经
4. Duggatibhayasuttaṃ
1010「诸比丘，具足四法的圣弟子已超越一切恶趣之怖畏。哪四个？诸比丘，于此，圣弟子具足对佛的证净——即：彼世尊……天人师、佛、世尊。对法……对僧……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……导向定。诸比丘，具足这四法的圣弟子已超越一切恶趣之怖畏。」第四经。
‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggatibhayaṃ samatikkanto hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggatibhayaṃ samatikkanto hotī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
1005. 恶趣堕落怖畏经
5. Duggativinipātabhayasuttaṃ
1011「诸比丘，具足四法的圣弟子已超越一切恶趣堕处之怖畏。哪四个？诸比丘，于此，圣弟子具足对佛的证净——即：彼世尊……天人师、佛、世尊。对法……对僧……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……导向定。诸比丘，具足这四法的圣弟子已超越一切恶趣堕处之怖畏。」第五经。
‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggativinipātabhayaṃ samatikkanto hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sabbaduggativinipātabhayaṃ samatikkanto hotī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.
1026. 亲友经第一
6. Paṭhamamittāmaccasuttaṃ
1012「诸比丘，凡是你们所怜悯的，以及那些认为应当听从的——无论是朋友、同僚、亲戚或血亲——诸比丘，应当使他们发起、安立、确立于四入流支。哪四种？应当使他们发起、安立、确立于对佛的证净——即：彼世尊是……乃至……天人师、佛、世尊。对法……对僧……应当使他们发起、安立、确立于圣者所喜之戒——无毁……乃至……导向定。诸比丘，凡是你们所怜悯的，以及那些认为应当听从的——无论是朋友、同僚、亲戚或血亲——诸比丘，应当使他们发起、安立、确立于此四入流支。」第六经。
‘‘Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha, ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave, catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā , nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā. Katamesu catūsu? Buddhe aveccappasāde samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantesu sīlesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā akhaṇḍesu…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikesu. Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha , ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
1047. 亲友经第二
7. Dutiyamittāmaccasuttaṃ
1013「诸比丘，凡是你们所怜悯的，以及那些认为应当听从的——无论是朋友、同僚、亲戚或血亲——诸比丘，应当使他们发起、安立、确立于四入流支。哪四种？应当使他们发起、安立、确立于对佛的证净——即：彼世尊是……乃至……天人师、佛、世尊。」
‘‘Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha, ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave, catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā. Katamesu catūsu? Buddhe aveccappasāde samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’’ti.
106「诸比丘！四大界可能会变异——地界、水界、火界、风界——但具有对佛陀不坏净信的圣弟子绝不会变异。这里的变异是——具有对佛陀不坏净信的圣弟子会投生到地狱、畜生界或饿鬼界——这是不可能的。对法……对僧团……应当使他们确立、安立、建立于圣者所喜之戒，无缺……导向定。诸比丘！四大界可能会变异——地界、水界、火界、风界——但具有圣者所喜之戒的圣弟子绝不会变异。这里的变异是——具有圣者所喜之戒的圣弟子会投生到地狱、畜生界或饿鬼界——这是不可能的。诸比丘！你们应当怜悯那些人，那些应当听从的人——朋友、同僚、亲戚、血亲——诸比丘！应当使他们确立、安立、建立于这四种入流支。」第七经。
‘‘Siyā, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ aññathattaṃ – pathavīdhātuyā, āpodhātuyā, tejodhātuyā, vāyodhātuyā – na tveva buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa siyā aññathattaṃ. Tatridaṃ aññathattaṃ – so vata buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato ariyasāvako nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjissatī’’ti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘‘Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantesu sīlesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā akhaṇḍesu…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikesu. Siyā, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ aññathattaṃ – pathavīdhātuyā, āpodhātuyā, tejodhātuyā, vāyodhātuyā – na tveva ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa siyā aññathattaṃ. Tatridaṃ aññathattaṃ – so vata ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjissatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ye te, bhikkhave, anukampeyyātha, ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ – mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā – te, bhikkhave , imesu catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu samādapetabbā, nivesetabbā, patiṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
1078. 天行经第一
8. Paṭhamadevacārikasuttaṃ
1014舍卫城因缘。尔时，具寿大目犍连——犹如有力之人伸屈手臂或屈伸手臂那样——从祇园消失，出现于三十三天。尔时，众多三十三天身的天人来到具寿大目犍连处；来到后，礼敬具寿大目犍连，站立于一旁。站立于一旁的那些天人，具寿大目犍连对她们如此说——
Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi. Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṃsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca –
109「贤友们，具足对佛的证净确实是善——即：彼世尊是……乃至……天人师、佛、世尊。贤友们，由于具足对佛的证净之因，如此，此处某些有情身坏命终后投生于善趣、天界。贤友们，对法……对僧……贤友们，具足圣者所喜之戒确实是善——无毁……乃至……导向定。贤友们，由于具足圣者所喜之戒之因，如此，此处某些有情身坏命终后投生于善趣、天界。」
‘‘Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Sādhu kho, āvuso, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… sādhu kho, āvuso, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī’’ti.
110「尊者目犍连，具足对佛的证净确实是善——即：彼世尊是……乃至……天人师、佛、世尊。尊者目犍连，由于具足对佛的证净之因，如此，此处某些有情身坏命终后投生于善趣、天界。尊者目犍连，对法……对僧……具足圣者所喜之戒确实是善——无毁……乃至……导向定。尊者目犍连，由于具足圣者所喜之戒之因，如此，此处某些有情身坏命终后投生于善趣、天界。」第八经。
‘‘Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
1119. 天行经第二
9. Dutiyadevacārikasuttaṃ
1015舍卫城因缘。尔时，具寿大目犍连——犹如有力之人伸屈手臂或屈伸手臂那样——从祇园消失，出现于三十三天。尔时，众多三十三天身的天人来到具寿大目犍连处；来到后，礼敬具寿大目犍连，站立于一旁。站立于一旁的那些天人，具寿大目犍连对她们如此说——
Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi. Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṃsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca –
113「贤友们，具足对佛的证净确实是善——即：彼世尊是……乃至……天人师、佛、世尊。贤友们，由于具足对佛的证净之因，如此，此处某些有情身坏命终后已投生于善趣、天界。贤友们，对法……对僧……具足圣者所喜之戒确实是善——无毁……乃至……导向定。贤友们，由于具足圣者所喜之戒之因，如此，此处某些有情身坏命终后已投生于善趣、天界。」
‘‘Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā. Sādhu kho, āvuso, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’’ti.
114「贤友目犍连，善哉！对佛具有不坏净——即：彼世尊是阿拉汉、正自觉者……天人师、佛、世尊。贤友目犍连，由于对佛具有不坏净之因，如此，此处某些有情身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。贤友目犍连，善哉！对法……对僧……具有圣者所喜之戒，无毁……导向定。贤友目犍连，由于具有圣者所喜之戒之因，如此，此处某些有情身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。」第九。
‘‘Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā. Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’’ti. Navamaṃ.
11510. 天行经第三
10. Tatiyadevacārikasuttaṃ
1016那时，世尊——犹如有力之人伸屈曲之臂，或屈伸展之臂——如是，从祇园消失，出现于三十三天。那时，众多三十三天众天人来到世尊处；来到后，礼敬世尊，站立于一旁。站立于一旁的那些天人，世尊对他们如此说——
Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi. Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṃsakāyikā devatāyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo bhagavā etadavoca –
117「贤友们，善哉！对佛具有不坏净——即：彼世尊是阿拉汉、正自觉者……天人师、佛、世尊。贤友们，由于对佛具有不坏净之因，如此，此处某些有情是入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。贤友们，善哉！对法……对僧……具有圣者所喜之戒，无毁……导向定。贤友们，由于具有圣者所喜之戒之因，如此，此处某些有情是入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。」
‘‘Sādhu kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Sādhu kho, āvuso , dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evamidhekacce sattā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti.
118「贤友，善哉！对佛具有不坏净——即：彼世尊是阿拉汉、正自觉者……天人师、佛、世尊。贤友，由于对佛具有不坏净之因，如此，此众是入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。贤友，善哉！对法……对僧……具有圣者所喜之戒，无毁……导向定。贤友，由于具有圣者所喜之戒之因，如此，此众是入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。」第十。
‘‘Sādhu kho, mārisa, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa, evamayaṃ pajā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Sādhu kho, mārisa, dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa, evamayaṃ pajā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
119王园品第二
Rājakārāmavaggo dutiyo.
120其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
121其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
122千婆罗门、阿难，恶趣另外二；
Sahassabrāhmaṇānanda , duggati apare duve;
123朋友亲戚说二，以及三天行。
Mittāmaccā duve vuttā, tayo ca devacārikāti.
124三、归依品
3. Saraṇānivaggo
125三、归依品
3. Saraṇānivaggo
1261. 大名经第一
1. Paṭhamamahānāmasuttaṃ
1017如是我闻：一时，世尊住在释迦国咖毕拉瓦图的尼拘律园。那时，释迦人马哈那马来到世尊处；到了之后，礼敬世尊，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的释迦人马哈那马对世尊如此说：「尊者，这咖毕拉瓦图繁荣、兴盛、人口众多、人群拥挤、道路狭窄。尊者，我在傍晚时分，亲近世尊或可敬的比丘们之后进入咖毕拉瓦图时，遇到狂象，遇到狂马，遇到狂车，遇到狂车辆，遇到狂人。尊者，在那时候，我关于世尊的念忘失了，关于法的念忘失了，关于僧团的念忘失了。尊者，我如此想：『如果我在此时死去，我的去处是什么？我的来世是什么？』」
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, kapilavatthu iddhañceva phītañca bāhujaññaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ sambādhabyūhaṃ. So khvāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṃ kapilavatthuṃ pavisanto; bhantenapi hatthinā samāgacchāmi ; bhantenapi assena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi rathena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi sakaṭena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi purisena samāgacchāmi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, tasmiṃ samaye mussateva bhagavantaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati dhammaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati saṅghaṃ ārabbha sati. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘imamhi cāhaṃ samaye kālaṃ kareyyaṃ, kā mayhaṃ gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’’ti?
128「马哈那马，不要怖畏！马哈那马，不要怖畏！你的死将是无恶的，你的死去将是无恶的。马哈那马，任何人长时间以信修习心、以戒修习心、以闻修习心、以舍修习心、以慧修习心，他的这个色身，由四大种所成，由父母所生，由饭粥所积聚，是无常的、涂抹的、按摩的、破坏的、毁灭之法，在此处被乌鸦啄食，或被鹫啄食，或被鹰啄食，或被狗啄食，或被豺啄食，或被种种生类啄食；而他的心长时间以信修习……乃至……以慧修习，那是向上的，是殊胜的。
‘‘Mā bhāyi, mahānāma, mā bhāyi, mahānāma! Apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati apāpikā kālaṃkiriyā . Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sīlaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sutaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ cāgaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, tassa yo hi khvāyaṃ kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo. Taṃ idheva kākā vā khādanti gijjhā vā khādanti kulalā vā khādanti sunakhā vā khādanti siṅgālā vā khādanti vividhā vā pāṇakajātā khādanti; yañca khvassa cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ taṃ uddhagāmi hoti visesagāmi.
129「马哈那马，譬如有人将酥油瓶或油瓶沉入深水池中后打破，在那里，凡是碎片或碎块，那会向下沉；而在那里，凡是酥油或油，那会向上升，是殊胜的。同样地，马哈那马，任何人长时间以信修习心……乃至……以慧修习心，他的这个色身，由四大种所成，由父母所生，由饭粥所积聚，是无常的、涂抹的、按摩的、破坏的、毁灭之法，在此处被乌鸦啄食，或被鹫啄食，或被鹰啄食，或被狗啄食，或被豺啄食，或被种种生类啄食；而他的心长时间以信修习……乃至……以慧修习，那是向上的，是殊胜的。马哈那马，你长时间以信修习心……乃至……以慧修习心。马哈那马，不要怖畏！马哈那马，不要怖畏！你的死将是无恶的，你的死去将是无恶的。」第一经。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, puriso sappikumbhaṃ vā telakumbhaṃ vā gambhīraṃ udakarahadaṃ ogāhitvā bhindeyya. Tatra yā assa sakkharā vā kaṭhalā vā sā adhogāmī assa, yañca khvassa tatra sappi vā telaṃ vā taṃ uddhagāmi assa visesagāmi. Evameva kho, mahānāma, yassa kassaci dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ tassa yo hi khvāyaṃ kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo taṃ idheva kākā vā khādanti gijjhā vā khādanti kulalā vā khādanti sunakhā vā khādanti siṅgālā vā khādanti vividhā vā pāṇakajātā khādanti; yañca khvassa cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ taṃ uddhagāmi hoti visesagāmi. Tuyhaṃ kho pana, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ saddhāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ…pe… paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ . Mā bhāyi, mahānāma , mā bhāyi, mahānāma! Apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati, apāpikā kālaṃkiriyā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
1302. 大名经第二
2. Dutiyamahānāmasuttaṃ
1018如是我闻：一时，世尊住在释迦国咖毕拉瓦图的尼拘律园。那时，释迦人马哈那马来到世尊处；到了之后，礼敬世尊，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的释迦人马哈那马对世尊如此说：「尊者，这咖毕拉瓦图繁荣、兴盛、人口众多、人群拥挤、道路狭窄。尊者，我在傍晚时分，亲近世尊或可敬的比丘们之后进入咖毕拉瓦图时，遇到狂象，遇到狂马，遇到狂车，遇到狂车辆，遇到狂人。尊者，在那时候，我关于世尊的念忘失了，关于法的念忘失了，关于僧团的念忘失了。尊者，我如此想：『如果我在此时死去，我的去处是什么？我的来世是什么？』」
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, kapilavatthu iddhañceva phītañca bāhujaññaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ sambādhabyūhaṃ. So khvāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṃ kapilavatthuṃ pavisanto; bhantenapi hatthinā samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi assena samāgacchāmi; bhantenapi rathena samāgacchāmi; bhante, napi sakaṭena samāgacchāmi; bhante, napi purisena samāgacchāmi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, tasmiṃ samaye mussateva bhagavantaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati dhammaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati saṅghaṃ ārabbha sati. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘imamhi cāhaṃ samaye kālaṃ kareyyaṃ, kā mayhaṃ gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’’ti?
132「马哈那马，不要怖畏！马哈那马，不要怖畏！你的死将是无恶的，你的死去将是无恶的。马哈那马，具足四法的圣弟子倾向涅槃、趣向涅槃、朝向涅槃。哪四种？马哈那马，在此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——『如此，彼世尊……乃至……是天人师、佛、世尊』。对法……乃至……对僧……乃至……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁的……乃至……导向定的。
‘‘Mā bhāyi, mahānāma, mā bhāyi, mahānāma! Apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati apāpikā kālaṃkiriyā. Catūhi kho, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe …pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi.
133「马哈那马，譬如树倾向东方、趣向东方、朝向东方，它被根切断后会倒向何处？」「尊者，倾向之处、趣向之处、朝向之处。」「同样地，马哈那马，具足这四法的圣弟子倾向涅槃、趣向涅槃、朝向涅槃。」第二经。
‘‘Seyyathāpi , mahānāma, rukkho pācīnaninno pācīnapoṇo pācīnapabbhāro, so mūlacchinno katamena papateyyā’’ti? ‘‘Yena, bhante, ninno yena poṇo yena pabbhāro’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, mahānāma, imehi catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
1343. 果德帝释天经
3. Godhasakkasuttaṃ
1353. 果德帝释天经
3. Godhasakkasuttaṃ
1019迦毗罗卫城为缘。那时，释迦族的摩诃男到释迦族的果德那里去。到了以后，他对释迦族的果德说：“果德，你了知一个具足哪几法的人，是入流者，不会堕入恶趣，必定趋向正觉呢？”
Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena godhā sakko tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā godhaṃ sakkaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katihi tvaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa’’nti?
137‘摩诃男，我这样了知：一个具足三法的人，是入流者，不会堕入恶趣，必定趋向正觉。是哪三法呢？摩诃男，这里，圣弟子对佛陀具有不坏净：那位世尊也确实……是人天导师，是佛陀，是世尊。对法……对僧团具有不坏净：世尊的声闻僧团善行道……是世间无上的福田。摩诃男，我就是这样了知，一个具足这三法的人，是入流者，不会堕入恶趣，必定趋向正觉。那么，摩诃男，你了知一个具足哪几法的人，是入流者，不会堕入恶趣，必定趋向正觉呢？’”
‘‘Tīhi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi tīhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Imehi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, tīhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ.
138“那么，摩诃男，你了知一个具足哪几法的人，是入流者，不会堕入恶趣，必定趋向正觉呢？”“果德，我这样了知：一个具足四法的人，是入流者，不会堕入恶趣，必定趋向正觉。是哪四法呢？果德，这里，圣弟子对佛陀具有不坏净：‘那位世尊也确实……是人天导师，是佛陀，是世尊。’对法……对僧团……具有圣者所喜爱的戒行，这些戒行不毁坏……能导向正定。果德，我就是这样了知，一个具足这四法的人，是入流者，不会堕入恶趣，必定趋向正觉。”
‘‘Tvaṃ pana, mahānāma, katihi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa’’nti? ‘‘Catūhi khvāhaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, godhe, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi khvāhaṃ, godhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa’’nti.
139“慢着，摩诃男！慢着，摩诃男！只有世尊本人才能知道，某人到底具不具足这些法。”“果德，我们一起去世尊那儿吧。到了以后，把这件事禀告世尊。”于是，释迦族的摩诃男和果德一起到世尊那里。向世尊礼敬后，在一旁坐下。坐在一旁的摩诃男对世尊说：
‘‘Āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma, āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma! Bhagavāva etaṃ jāneyya etehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ vā asamannāgataṃ vā’’ti. ‘‘Āyāma, godhe, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocessāmā’’ti. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko godhā ca sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
140“尊者，我之前到释迦族的果德那儿，到了之后，这样问果德：‘果德，你了知一个具足哪几法的人，是入流者，不会堕入恶趣，必定趋向正觉呢？’尊者，我这样问后，果德这样对我说：
‘‘Idhāhaṃ , bhante, yena godhā sakko tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā godhaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘katihi tvaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ’? Evaṃ vutte, bhante, godhā sakko maṃ etadavoca –
141「摩诃男，我以三法了知入流者为不堕法、决定、以正觉为彼岸。以哪三法？摩诃男，于此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊是……乃至……天人师、佛、世尊。对法……乃至……对僧具足不坏净——世尊的声闻僧是善行道者……乃至……是世间无上福田。摩诃男，我以此三法了知入流者为不堕法、决定、以正觉为彼岸。然而，摩诃男，你以哪些法了知入流者为不堕法、决定、以正觉为彼岸？』
‘‘Tīhi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi tīhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Imehi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, tīhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Tvaṃ pana, mahānāma, katamehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa’’nti?
142「尊者，如是所说时，我对释迦人乔达摩如此说：『乔达摩，我以四法了知入流者为不堕法、决定、以正觉为彼岸。以哪四法？乔达摩，于此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊是……乃至……天人师、佛、世尊。对法……乃至……对僧……乃至……具足圣者所喜之戒，无缺……乃至……导向定。乔达摩，我以此四法了知入流者为不堕法、决定、以正觉为彼岸。』」
‘‘Evaṃ vuttāhaṃ, bhante, godhaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘catūhi khvāhaṃ, godhe, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, godhe, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi khvāhaṃ, godhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇa’’’nti.
143「尊者，如是所说时，释迦人乔达摩对我如此说：『摩诃男，你且来，摩诃男，你且来！世尊才能知道具足这些法或不具足。』」「尊者，于此，若有某种法的生起出现，一边是世尊，一边是比丘僧团。我将在世尊那一边。尊者，愿世尊忆持我如此净信。尊者，于此，若有某种法的生起出现，一边是世尊，一边是比丘僧团与比丘尼僧团。我将在世尊那一边。尊者，愿世尊忆持我如此净信。尊者，于此，若有某种法的生起出现，一边是世尊，一边是比丘僧团、比丘尼僧团与近事男。我将在世尊那一边。尊者，愿世尊忆持我如此净信。尊者，于此，若有某种法的生起出现，一边是世尊，一边是比丘僧团、比丘尼僧团、近事男与近事女。我将在世尊那一边。尊者，愿世尊忆持我如此净信。尊者，于此，若有某种法的生起出现，一边是世尊，一边是比丘僧团、比丘尼僧团、近事男、近事女，以及有天的世间、有魔的世间、有梵天的世间，有沙门婆罗门的众生，有天人的世间。我将在世尊那一边。尊者，愿世尊忆持我如此净信。」「乔达摩，对如此所说的释迦人摩诃男，你说什么？」「尊者，对如此所说的释迦人摩诃男，我不说任何，除了善、除了善巧。」第三经
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, bhante, godhā sakko maṃ etadavoca – ‘āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma, āgamehi tvaṃ, mahānāma! Bhagavāva etaṃ jāneyya etehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ vā asamannāgataṃ vā’’’ti. ‘‘Idha , bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho ca upāsakā ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho upāsakā upāsikāyo ca. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu. Idha, bhante, kocideva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho bhikkhunisaṅgho upāsakā upāsikāyo sadevako ca loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā. Yeneva bhagavā tenevāhaṃ assaṃ. Evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretū’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃvādī tvaṃ, godhe, mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ kiṃ vadesī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃvādāhaṃ, bhante, mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ na kiñci vadāmi, aññatra kalyāṇā aññatra kusalā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
1444. 归依帝释天经第一
4. Paṭhamasaraṇānisakkasuttaṃ
1020咖毕拉瓦图因缘。尔时，释迦人沙喇那尼命终。他被世尊记说：「入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。」于彼处，诸多释迦人聚集会合后，不满、责难、诽谤：「诸君，实在不可思议！诸君，实在未曾有！现在这里谁不会是入流者！因为释迦人沙喇那尼命终；他被世尊记说：『入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。』释迦人沙喇那尼达到学处的软弱，饮用了诸酒类。」
Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Tena kho pana samayena saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato hoti. So bhagavatā byākato – ‘‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Tatra sudaṃ sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotāpanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato; so bhagavatā byākato – ‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhādubbalyamāpādi, majjapānaṃ apāyī’’ti.
146于是，释迦人摩诃男去见世尊；去后，礼敬世尊，坐于一旁。坐于一旁的释迦人摩诃男对世尊如此说：「尊者，于此，释迦人沙喇那尼命终。他被世尊记说：『入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。』尊者，于彼处，诸多释迦人聚集会合后，不满、责难、诽谤：『诸君，实在不可思议！诸君，实在未曾有！现在这里谁不会是入流者！因为释迦人沙喇那尼命终；他被世尊记说：「入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。」释迦人沙喇那尼达到学处的软弱，饮用了诸酒类。』」
Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – ‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Tatra sudaṃ, bhante, sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotapanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato; so bhagavatā byākato – ‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhādubbalyamāpādi, majjapānaṃ apāyī’’ti.
147「摩诃男，那位长久以佛为归依、以法为归依、以僧伽为归依的近事男，他怎么会堕落呢！摩诃男，若正确地说，应该说『长久以佛为归依、以法为归依、以僧伽为归依的近事男』，正确地说帝释天归依处，应该说归依处。摩诃男，帝释天长久以佛为归依、以法为归依、以僧伽为归依的近事男。他怎么会堕落呢！」
‘‘Yo so, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, so kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya! Yañhi taṃ, mahānāma, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato’ti, saraṇāni sakkaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Saraṇāni , mahānāma, sakko dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato. So kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya!
148「摩诃男，这里，某人具足对佛的证净：『这样，彼世尊……(中略)……是天人师、佛陀、世尊。』对法……(中略)……对僧伽……(中略)……具有速慧、捷慧，并且具足解脱。他以诸漏尽，于现法自己以证智作证、具足住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱。摩诃男，这个人解脱地狱、解脱畜生趣、解脱饿鬼界、解脱恶趣、苦界、堕处。」
‘‘Idha, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño vimuttiyā ca samannāgato. So āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.
149「摩诃男，再者，这里，某人具足对佛的证净：『这样，彼世尊……(中略)……是天人师、佛陀、世尊。』对法……(中略)……对僧伽……(中略)……具有速慧、捷慧，但不具足解脱。他以五下分结的尽，成为化生者，在那里般涅槃，不从那个世间再来。摩诃男，这个人解脱地狱、解脱畜生趣、解脱饿鬼界、解脱恶趣、苦界、堕处。」
‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.
150「摩诃男，再者，这里，某人具足对佛的证净：『这样，彼世尊……(中略)……是天人师、佛陀、世尊。』对法……(中略)……对僧伽……(中略)……不具有速慧、不具有捷慧，并且不具足解脱。他以三结的尽，以贪嗔痴的减弱，成为一来者，只来此世间一次，作苦的终结。摩诃男，这个人解脱地狱、解脱畜生趣、解脱饿鬼界、解脱恶趣、苦界、堕处。」
‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti . Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.
151「摩诃男，再者，这里，某人具足对佛的证净：『这样，彼世尊……(中略)……是天人师、佛陀、世尊。』对法……(中略)……对僧伽……(中略)……不具有速慧、不具有捷慧，并且不具足解脱。他以三结的尽，成为入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。摩诃男，这个人解脱地狱、解脱畜生趣、解脱饿鬼界、解脱恶趣、苦界、堕处。」
‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇoti . Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.
152「摩诃男，再者，这里，某人不具足对佛的证净……不对法……(中略)……不对僧伽……(中略)……不具有速慧、不具有捷慧，并且不具足解脱。但他具有这些法：信根、精进根、念根、定根、慧根。而且如来所说的诸法，他以慧适度地审察、容忍。摩诃男，这个人不去地狱、不去畜生趣、不去饿鬼界、不去恶趣、苦界、堕处。」
‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. Api cassa ime dhammā honti – saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgatappaveditā cassa dhammā paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ.
153「摩诃男，再者，这里，某人不具足对佛的证净……不对法……(中略)……不对僧伽……(中略)……不具有速慧、不具有捷慧，并且不具足解脱，但他具有这些法：信根……(中略)……慧根。而且他对如来有信的程度、有爱的程度。摩诃男，这个人不去地狱、不去畜生趣、不去饿鬼界、不去恶趣、苦界、堕处。摩诃男，如果这些大沙喇们能了知善说与恶说，我会记说这些大沙喇们：『入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸』，何况归依处的帝释天呢！摩诃男，帝释在死时受持学处。」」第四经。
‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato, api cassa ime dhammā honti saddhindriyaṃ…pe… paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgate cassa saddhāmattaṃ hoti pemamattaṃ. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ. Ime cepi, mahānāma, mahāsālā subhāsitaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ājāneyyuṃ, ime cāhaṃ mahāsāle byākareyyaṃ – ‘sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti; kimaṅgaṃ pana saraṇāniṃ sakkaṃ. Saraṇāni, mahānāma, sakko maraṇakāle sikkhaṃ samādiyī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
1545. 归依帝释天经第二
5. Dutiyasaraṇānisakkasuttaṃ
1021咖毕拉瓦图因缘。尔时，帝释天归依处死了。他被世尊记说：「入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。」在那里，众多帝释天人聚集在一起，不满、责难、抱怨：「尊者，实在稀有！尊者，实在未曾有！现在这里谁不会是入流者呢！因为帝释天归依处死了。他被世尊记说：『入流者，不堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。』帝释天归依处是学处的不圆满行者。」那时，帝释天摩诃男去见世尊；抵达后，礼敬世尊，在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的帝释天摩诃男对世尊这样说：
Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Tena kho pana samayena saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato hoti. So bhagavatā byākato – ‘‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Tatra sudaṃ sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotāpanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – ‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhāya aparipūrakārī ahosī’’ti. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
156「尊者，这里，沙拉那尼·帝释天死时，他被世尊记说：『入流者，不退堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。』尊者，在那里，许多帝释天人聚集会合后，不满、批评、责难：『实在稀有啊，先生！实在未曾有啊，先生！现在这里谁不会是入流者呢！因为沙拉那尼·帝释天死时，他被世尊记说：入流者，不退堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。沙拉那尼·帝释天对学处是未圆满行者。』」
‘‘Idha, bhante, saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – ‘sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Tatra sudaṃ, bhante, sambahulā sakkā saṅgamma samāgamma ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti – ‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Ettha dāni ko na sotāpanno bhavissati! Yatra hi nāma saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato. So bhagavatā byākato – sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇoti. Saraṇāni sakko sikkhāya aparipūrakārī ahosī’’’ti.
157「玛哈那玛，凡长久以来归依佛、归依法、归依僧团的近事男，他如何会去恶趣呢！玛哈那玛，若正确地说的话，应该说：『长久以来归依佛、归依法、归依僧团的近事男』，正确地说沙拉那尼·帝释天，应该说。玛哈那玛，沙拉那尼·帝释天长久以来归依佛、归依法、归依僧团的近事男，他如何会去恶趣呢！」
‘‘Yo so, mahānāma, dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, so kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya! Yañhi taṃ, mahānāma, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato’, saraṇāniṃ sakkaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Saraṇāni, mahānāma, sakko dīgharattaṃ upāsako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, so kathaṃ vinipātaṃ gaccheyya!
158「玛哈那玛，这里，某人对佛是一向趣入者、净信者：『彼世尊是……诸天人的导师、佛陀、世尊。』对法……对僧团……具有速慧、捷慧，并且具足解脱。他以诸漏尽，于现法自己以证智作证、具足住于无漏心解脱、慧解脱。玛哈那玛，这个人解脱地狱、解脱畜生趣、解脱饿鬼界、解脱恶趣、苦界、恶趣。」
‘‘Idha, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño vimuttiyā ca samannāgato . So āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, mahānāma , puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.
159「玛哈那玛，然而这里，某人对佛是一向趣入者、净信者：『彼世尊是……诸天人的导师、佛陀、世尊。』对法……对僧团……具有速慧、捷慧，但不具足解脱。他以五下分结的灭尽，是中般涅槃者、生般涅槃者、无行般涅槃者、有行般涅槃者、上流者、往色究竟者。玛哈那玛，这个人也解脱地狱、解脱畜生趣、解脱饿鬼界、解脱恶趣、苦界、恶趣。」
‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… hāsapañño javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti, upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti, asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, uddhaṃsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.
160「玛哈那玛，然而这里，某人对佛是一向趣入者、净信者：『彼世尊是……诸天人的导师、佛陀、世尊。』对法……对僧团……不具速慧、不具捷慧，并且不具足解脱。他以三结的灭尽，以贪嗔痴的减弱，是一来者，只来此世间一次后作苦的终结。玛哈那玛，这个人也解脱地狱、解脱畜生趣、解脱饿鬼界、解脱恶趣、苦界、恶趣。」
‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti. Ayampi kho, mahānāma , puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.
161「玛哈那玛，然而这里，某人对佛是一向趣入者、净信者：『彼世尊是……诸天人的导师、佛陀、世尊。』对法……对僧团……不具速慧、不具捷慧，并且不具足解脱。他以三结的灭尽，是入流者，不退堕法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。玛哈那玛，这个人也解脱地狱、解脱畜生趣、解脱饿鬼界、解脱恶趣、苦界、恶趣。」
‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato. So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.
162「玛哈那玛，然而这里，某人对佛不是一向趣入者、净信者……对法不……对僧团不……不具速慧、不具捷慧，并且不具足解脱；但他有这些法：信根……慧根。而且如来所说的诸法，他以慧适度地审察、容忍。玛哈那玛，这个人也不去地狱、不去畜生趣、不去饿鬼界、不去恶趣、苦界、恶趣。」
‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno…pe… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato; api cassa ime dhammā honti – saddhindriyaṃ …pe… paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgatappaveditā cassa dhammā paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ.
163「玛哈那玛，然而这里，某人对佛不是一向趣入者、净信者……对法不……对僧团不……不具速慧、不具捷慧，并且不具足解脱；但他有这些法：信根……慧根。而且他对如来有信的程度、爱的程度。玛哈那玛，这个人也不去地狱、不去畜生趣、不去饿鬼界、不去恶趣、苦界、恶趣。」
‘‘Idha pana, mahānāma, ekacco puggalo na heva kho buddhe ekantagato hoti abhippasanno… na dhamme…pe… na saṅghe…pe… na hāsapañño na javanapañño na ca vimuttiyā samannāgato; api cassa ime dhammā honti – saddhindriyaṃ…pe… paññindriyaṃ. Tathāgate cassa saddhāmattaṃ hoti pemamattaṃ. Ayampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo agantā nirayaṃ agantā tiracchānayoniṃ agantā pettivisayaṃ agantā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ.
164「摩诃男，譬如恶田、恶地、未除树桩，种子破碎、腐败、为风热所损、不坚实、不善藏，天又不正确地降雨。那些种子能得增长、增大、广大吗？」「不能，尊者。」「同样地，摩诃男，这里法被恶说、恶施设、非导出、非导向寂止、非正自觉者所施设——我说此为恶田。于彼法中，弟子住于随法行道、如理行道、随法而行——我说此为恶种。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, dukkhettaṃ dubbhūmaṃ avihatakhāṇukaṃ, bījāni cassu khaṇḍāni pūtīni vātātapahatāni asārādāni asukhasayitāni , devo ca na sammā dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyu’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, mahānāma, idha dhammo durakkhāto hoti duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṃvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito – idamahaṃ dukkhettasmiṃ vadāmi. Tasmiñca dhamme sāvako viharati dhammānudhammappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī – idamahaṃ dubbījasmiṃ vadāmi’’.
165「摩诃男，譬如善田、善地、善除树桩，种子不破碎、不腐败、不为风热所损、坚实、善藏，天又正确地降雨。那些种子能得增长、增大、广大吗？」「是的，尊者。」「同样地，摩诃男，这里法被善说、善施设、导出、导向寂止、正自觉者所施设——我说此为善田。于彼法中，弟子住于随法行道、如理行道、随法而行——我说此为善种。何况是沙喇那们能做到！摩诃男，沙喇那在死时是学的圆满者。」第五经。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, sukhettaṃ subhūmaṃ suvihatakhāṇukaṃ, bījāni cassu akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni; devo ca sammā dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyu’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, mahānāma, idha dhammo svākkhāto hoti suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito – idamahaṃ sukhettasmiṃ vadāmi. Tasmiñca dhamme sāvako viharati dhammānudhammappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī – idamahaṃ subījasmiṃ vadāmi. Kimaṅgaṃ pana saraṇāniṃ sakkaṃ! Saraṇāni, mahānāma, sakko maraṇakāle sikkhāya paripūrakārī ahosī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.
1666. 给孤独经第一
6. Paṭhamaanāthapiṇḍikasuttaṃ
1022舍卫城因缘。尔时，给孤独居士生病、痛苦、重病。时，给孤独居士告诉某人：「来，你这位先生，去具寿舍利弗那里；去到后，以我的名义以头礼具寿舍利弗的足：『尊者，给孤独居士生病、痛苦、重病。他以头礼具寿舍利弗的足。』并如此说：『尊者，善哉，愿具寿舍利弗去给孤独居士的住所，出于怜悯。』」
Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Tena kho pana samayena anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vanda – ‘anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti.
168「是的，尊者。」那人应诺给孤独居士后，去具寿舍利弗那里；去到后，礼敬具寿舍利弗，坐于一旁。坐于一旁的那人对具寿舍利弗如此说：
‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho so puriso anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca –
169「尊者，给孤独居士生病、痛苦、重病。他以头礼具寿舍利弗的足。并如此说：『尊者，善哉，愿具寿舍利弗去给孤独居士的住所，出于怜悯。』」具寿舍利弗以沉默同意了。
‘‘Anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vandati. Evañca vadati – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti. Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhībhāvena.
170时，具寿舍利弗在上午时分着衣、持钵衣，以具寿阿难为后随比丘，去给孤独居士的住所；去到后，坐于所设的座位。坐下后，具寿舍利弗对给孤独居士如此说：「居士，你可忍受吗？可维持吗？苦受是减退而非增进吗？减退而非增进是可了知的吗？」「尊者，我不可忍受，不可维持。强烈的苦受增进而非减退；增进而非减退是可了知的。」
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā ānandena pacchāsamaṇena yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā sāriputto anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, gahapati, khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no abhikkamo’’ti? ‘‘Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṃ, na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo’’ti.
171「居士！具有对佛陀的何种不信的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱，你对佛陀没有那种不信。居士！你对佛陀有不坏净信——彼世尊是……天人师、佛陀、世尊。当你在自己身上随观对佛陀的那种不坏净信时，受会从那里平息。」
‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, buddhe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpo te buddhe appasādo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, buddhe aveccappasādo – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Tañca pana te buddhe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
172「居士！具有对法的何种不信的无闻凡夫，身坏命终后投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱，你对法没有那种不信。居士！你对法有不坏净信——世尊的法是善说的……应由智者各自证知。当你在自己身上随观对法的那种不坏净信时，受会从那里平息。」
‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, dhamme appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te dhamme appasādo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, dhamme aveccappasādo – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. Tañca pana te dhamme aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
173‘居士，那些未听闻法的凡夫，由于对僧不具备净信，身体崩坏、死后会投生到恶趣、恶道、堕落处、地狱。那样的对僧的不信，你并不具有。居士，你其实对僧具备不坏净：“世尊的弟子僧团是善行道者……是世间无上的福田。”当你观察到自身这份对僧的不坏净时，病痛便可能因此而平息。’
‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, saṅghe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te saṅghe appasādo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, saṅghe aveccappasādo – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Tañca pana te saṅghe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
174‘居士，那些未听闻法的凡夫，由于具备破戒，身体崩坏、死后会投生到恶趣、恶道、堕落处、地狱。那样的破戒行为，你并不具有。居士，你其实具备圣者所爱的戒行……它们导向定。当你观察到自身这些圣者所爱的戒行时，病痛便可能因此而平息。’
‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, dussīlyena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpaṃ te dussīlyaṃ natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, ariyakantāni sīlāni…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikāni. Tāni ca pana te ariyakantāni sīlāni attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
175居士，一个没有受过教导的普通人，要是具有某种邪见，在身体破裂、死后就会投生到苦界、恶趣、堕落处、地狱。而你没有那种邪见。居士，你有正见。当你在自己身上看到这正见时，你的痛苦就会逐渐平息。
‘‘Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchādiṭṭhi natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammādiṭṭhi. Tañca pana te sammādiṭṭhiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
176居士，一个没有受过教导的普通人，要是具有某种邪思惟，在身体破裂、死后就会投生到苦界、恶趣、堕落处、地狱。而你没有那种邪思惟。居士，你有正思惟。当你在自己身上看到这正思惟时，你的痛苦就会逐渐平息。
‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāsaṅkappena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati , tathārūpo te micchāsaṅkappo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāsaṅkappo. Tañca pana te sammāsaṅkappaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
177居士，一个没有受过教导的普通人，要是具有某种邪语，在身体破裂、死后就会投生到苦界、恶趣、堕落处、地狱。而你没有那种邪语。居士，你有正语。当你在自己身上看到这正语时，你的痛苦就会逐渐平息。
‘‘Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchāvācāya samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchāvācā natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāvācā. Tañca pana te sammāvācaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
178居士，一个没有受过教导的普通人，要是具有某种邪业，在身体破裂、死后就会投生到苦界、恶趣、堕落处、地狱。而你没有那种邪业。居士，你有正业。当你在自己身上看到这正业时，你的痛苦就会逐渐平息。
‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchākammantena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te micchākammanto natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammākammanto. Tañca pana te sammākammantaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
179居士，一个没有受过教导的普通人，要是具有某种邪命，在身体破裂、死后就会投生到苦界、恶趣、堕落处、地狱。而你没有那种邪命。居士，你有正命。当你在自己身上看到这正命时，你的痛苦就会逐渐平息。
‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāājīvena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te micchāājīvo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāājīvo. Tañca pana te sammāājīvaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
180居士，一个没有受过教导的普通人，要是具有某种邪精进，在身体破裂、死后就会投生到苦界、恶趣、堕落处、地狱。而你没有那种邪精进。居士，你有正精进。当你在自己身上看到这正精进时，你的痛苦就会逐渐平息。
‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāvāyāmena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te micchāvāyāmo natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāvāyāmo. Tañca pana te sammāvāyāmaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
181「居士！凡具备如此种类的邪念，未受教导的凡夫于身坏命终后投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱，你没有那样种类的邪念。而且，居士！你有正念。当你随观自己具有那正念时，受应当会从那里平息。」
‘‘Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchāsatiyā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchāsati natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāsati. Tañca pana te sammāsatiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
182「居士！凡具备如此种类的邪定，未受教导的凡夫于身坏命终后投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱，你没有那样种类的邪定。而且，居士！你有正定。当你随观自己具有那正定时，受应当会从那里平息。」
‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāsamādhinā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati , tathārūpo te micchāsamādhi natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāsamādhi. Tañca pana te sammāsamādhiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
183「居士！凡具备如此种类的邪智，未受教导的凡夫于身坏命终后投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱，你没有那样种类的邪智。而且，居士！你有正智。当你随观自己具有那正智时，受应当会从那里平息。」
‘‘Yathārūpena kho, gahapati, micchāñāṇena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpaṃ te micchāñāṇaṃ natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāñāṇaṃ. Tañca pana te sammāñāṇaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
184「居士！凡具备如此种类的邪解脱，未受教导的凡夫于身坏命终后投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱，你没有那样种类的邪解脱。而且，居士！你有正解脱。当你随观自己具有那正解脱时，受应当会从那里平息。」
‘‘Yathārūpāya kho, gahapati, micchāvimuttiyā samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpā te micchāvimutti natthi. Atthi ca kho te, gahapati, sammāvimutti. Tañca pana te sammāvimuttiṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyyā’’ti.
185于是，居士给孤独的受从那里平息了。于是，居士给孤独以自己的钵食供养具寿舍利弗和具寿阿难。于是，居士给孤独在具寿舍利弗已食完、手离钵后，取某个低座，在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的居士给孤独，具寿舍利弗以这些偈颂随喜——
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambhiṃsu. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati āyasmantañca sāriputtaṃ āyasmantañca ānandaṃ sakeneva thālipākena parivisi. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcāsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ āyasmā sāriputto imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –
186“一个对如来拥有不动摇、稳固信心的人，
‘‘Yassa saddhā tathāgate, acalā suppatiṭṭhitā;
187善戒，为圣者所爱、所称赞。
Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ.
188对僧团有净信，并拥有正直的见解。
‘‘Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, ujubhūtañca dassanaṃ;
189他们称他不贫穷，他的生命不会白费。
Adaliddoti taṃ āhu, amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ.
190「因此，智者应勤修信、戒、净信、见法，
‘‘Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ;
191忆念诸佛的教诫。」
Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, saraṃ buddhānasāsana’’nti.
192那时，尊者舍利弗以这些偈颂随喜了给孤独居士之后，从座位起身离开。
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
193那时，具寿阿难前往世尊所在之处；抵达后，礼敬世尊，在一旁坐下。世尊对坐在一旁的具寿阿难说：「来！阿难，你日中从何处来？」「尊者，世尊，具寿舍利弗以如此如此的教诫教诫给孤独居士。」「阿难，舍利弗是贤智者；阿难，舍利弗是大慧者，因为他以十种方式分别论四预流支。」第六经。
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘handa! Kuto nu tvaṃ, ānanda, āgacchasi divādivassā’’ti? ‘‘Āyasmatā, bhante, sāriputtena anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati iminā ca iminā ca ovādena ovadito’’ti. ‘‘Paṇḍito, ānanda, sāriputto; mahāpañño, ānanda, sāriputto, yatra hi nāma cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni dasahākārehi vibhajissatī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
1947. 第二给孤独经
7. Dutiyaanāthapiṇḍikasuttaṃ
1023舍卫城因缘。尔时，给孤独居士生病、痛苦、重病。那时，给孤独居士告诉某人：「来！你这位先生，前往具寿阿难所在之处；抵达后，以我的名义以头礼敬具寿阿难的足：『尊者，给孤独居士生病、痛苦、重病。他以头礼敬具寿阿难的足。』并如此说：『尊者，善哉！愿具寿阿难前往给孤独居士的住所，出于悲悯。』」
Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena āyasmato ānandassa pāde sirasā vanda – ‘anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato ānandassa pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā ānando yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti.
196「是的，尊者。」那人应诺给孤独居士后，前往具寿阿难所在之处；抵达后，礼敬具寿阿难，在一旁坐下。坐在一旁的那人对具寿阿难如此说：「尊者，给孤独居士生病、痛苦、重病。他以头礼敬具寿阿难的足。并如此说：『尊者，善哉！愿具寿阿难前往给孤独居士的住所，出于悲悯。』」具寿阿难以沉默同意了。
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so puriso anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘anāthapiṇḍiko, bhante, gahapati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato ānandassa pāde sirasā vandati. Evañca vadati – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā ānando yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti. Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā ānando tuṇhībhāvena.
197那时，具寿阿难在上午时分穿好衣，拿着钵与衣，前往给孤独居士的住所；抵达后，坐在已设的座位上。坐下后，具寿阿难对给孤独居士如此说：「居士，你可忍受吗？可维持吗？苦受是在减退而非增长吗？减退明显可见而非增长吗？」「尊者，我不可忍受，不可维持。我的强烈苦受在增长而非减退；增长明显可见而非减退。」
Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā ānando anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, gahapati, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no abhikkamo’’ti? ‘‘Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo’’ti.
198「居士！具足四法的无闻凡夫有恐惧、有战栗、有来世的死亡怖畏。哪四种？居士！在此，无闻凡夫具有对佛的不净信。当他观察自己对佛的这种不净信时，就有恐惧、有战栗、有来世的死亡怖畏。」
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapati, dhammehi samannāgatassa assutavato puthujjanassa hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano buddhe appasādena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa buddhe appasādaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.
199「再者，居士！无闻凡夫具有对法的不净信。当他观察自己对法的这种不净信时，就有恐惧、有战栗、有来世的死亡怖畏。」
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano dhamme appasādena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa dhamme appasādaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.
200再者，长者，没有听闻过法的普通凡夫，对僧团怀有不信任。当他反观自心，见到自己对僧团有这种不信任时，就会恐惧，就会战栗，就会生起对来世的死亡怖畏。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano saṅghe appasādena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa saṅghe appasādaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.
201再者，长者，没有听闻过法的普通凡夫，戒行有亏。当他反观自心，见到自己戒行有亏时，就会恐惧，就会战栗，就会生起对来世的死亡怖畏。长者，一个没有听闻过法的普通凡夫，因为具足了这四种情况，所以会有恐惧，会有战栗，会有对来世的死亡怖畏。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano dussīlyena samannāgato hoti. Tañca panassa dussīlyaṃ attani samanupassato hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Imehi kho, gahapati, catūhi dhammehi samannāgatassa assutavato puthujjanassa hoti uttāso, hoti chambhitattaṃ, hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.
202「居士，具足四法的多闻圣弟子没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有来世的死亡怖畏。哪四种？居士，在此，多闻圣弟子具足对佛的不坏净信——即：彼世尊是……天人师、佛、世尊。当他在自己身上随观对佛的不坏净信时，没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有来世的死亡怖畏。
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapati, dhammehi samannāgatassa sutavato ariyasāvakassa na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Tañca panassa buddhe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.
203「再者，居士，多闻圣弟子具足对法的不坏净信——法是世尊所善说的……应由智者各自证知的。当他在自己身上随观对法的不坏净信时，没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有来世的死亡怖畏。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. Tañca panassa dhamme aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.
204「再者，居士，多闻圣弟子具足对僧团的不坏净信——世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者……是世间的无上福田。当他在自己身上随观对僧团的不坏净信时，没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有来世的死亡怖畏。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Tañca panassa saṅghe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.
205再者，长者，多闻的圣弟子具足圣者所喜爱的戒行，这些戒行是无缺的……是导向正定的。当他反观自心，见到自己具足这些圣者所喜爱的戒行时，就没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有对来世的死亡怖畏。长者，一个多闻的圣弟子，因为具足了这四种情况，所以没有恐惧，没有战栗，没有对来世的死亡怖畏。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Tāni ca panassa ariyakantāni sīlāni attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ. Imehi kho, gahapati, catūhi dhammehi samannāgatassa sutavato ariyasāvakassa na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhaya’’nti.
206「尊者阿难，我不害怕。我为何会害怕呢？尊者，我对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊是……(中略)……是天人师、佛、世尊。对法……(中略)……对僧具足不坏净——世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者……(中略)……是世间无上的福田。尊者，凡世尊为在家人所宣说的学处，我不见自己对那些有任何违犯。」「居士，你获得利益了！居士，你善得了！居士，你已宣说了入流果。」第七经。
‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhante ānanda, bhāyāmi. Kyāhaṃ bhāyissāmi! Ahañhi, bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato homi – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato homi – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Yāni cimāni, bhante, bhagavatā gihisāmīcikāni sikkhāpadāni desitāni, nāhaṃ tesaṃ kiñci attani khaṇḍaṃ samanupassāmī’’ti . ‘‘Lābhā te, gahapati, suladdhaṃ te, gahapati! Sotāpattiphalaṃ tayā, gahapati, byākata’’nti. Sattamaṃ.
2078. 第一怖畏恐惧经
8. Paṭhamabhayaverūpasantasuttaṃ
1024舍卫城因缘。当时，世尊对坐在一旁的给孤独长者这样说：“长者，当一位圣弟子止息了五种怖畏与怨仇，具足了四种入流支，并且以智慧善见、善通达了圣理，那么，他若愿意，就可以自己为自己授记：‘我地狱已尽，畜生道已尽，饿鬼趣已尽，恶趣、苦界、堕落处已尽；我是入流者，不堕法，决定趣向正觉。’”
Sāvatthinidānaṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni ca honti, catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ariyo cassa ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’.
209“哪五种怖畏与怨仇已经止息了呢？长者，凡是杀生者，以杀生为缘，会生起现世的怖畏与怨仇，也会生起来世的怖畏与怨仇，内心也会感受苦与忧；对于远离杀生的人来说，那样的怖畏与怨仇便止息了。长者，凡是不与取者……长者，凡是邪淫者……长者，凡是妄语者……长者，凡是饮酒、服用酒类、行放逸处者，以饮酒、行放逸处为缘，会生起现世的怖畏与怨仇，也会生起来世的怖畏与怨仇，内心也会感受苦与忧；对于远离饮酒、远离放逸处的人来说，那样的怖畏与怨仇便止息了。这就是止息的五种怖畏与怨仇。”
‘‘Katamāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti? Yaṃ, gahapati, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātappaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati. Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti. Yaṃ, gahapati, adinnādāyī…pe… yaṃ, gahapati, kāmesumicchācārī…pe… yaṃ, gahapati, musāvādī…pe… yaṃ, gahapati, surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhāyī surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānappaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati. Surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti. Imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti.
210「具足哪四入流支呢？居士，于此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊是……(中略)……是天人师、佛、世尊。对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……(中略)……导向定。具足这四入流支。」
‘‘Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti.
211“他以智慧善见、善通达的圣理又是什么呢？长者，在这里，圣弟子对缘起本身善巧地、如理地作意：‘此有故彼有，此生故彼生；此无故彼无，此灭故彼灭。’也就是：以无明为缘而有诸行，以诸行为缘而有识……这样，整个苦蕴便集起。而无明如果无余、离欲、灭尽，则诸行灭……触灭则受灭，受灭则爱灭……这样，整个苦蕴便灭尽。这就是他以智慧善见、善通达的圣理。”
‘‘Katamo cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaññeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti – iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati; iti imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati; yadidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho…pe… phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Ayamassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho.
212“长者，当一位圣弟子息灭了这五种怖畏与怨仇，具足了这四种入流支，并且以智慧善见、善通达了这圣理，那么，他若愿意，就可以自己为自己授记：‘我地狱已尽，畜生道已尽，饿鬼趣已尽，恶趣、苦界、堕落处已尽；我是入流者，不堕法，决定趣向正觉。’”第八经。
‘‘Yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ayañcassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho . So ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
2139. 第二怖畏恐惧经
9. Dutiyabhayaverūpasantasuttaṃ
1025舍卫城的因缘……“比丘们，从一位圣弟子平息了这五种恐惧与仇恨，具备了这四种入流支，并且以智慧善巧地洞见、善巧地通达了这圣理趣的时候起，如果他愿意，他就可以自己为自己记说：‘我已断尽地狱，已断尽畜生道，已断尽饿鬼界，已断尽恶趣、苦途、堕落处；我是入流者，不再堕恶趣，决定趋近正觉。’”第九经。
Sāvatthinidānaṃ…pe… ‘‘yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ayañcassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho; so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti. Navamaṃ.
21510. 难德咖离车经
10. Nandakalicchavisuttaṃ
1026有一次，世尊住在毗舍离大林的重阁讲堂。那时，离车族的大臣难陀迦来到世尊那里；到了之后，礼敬世尊，在一旁坐下。世尊对坐在一旁的离车族大臣难陀迦这样说：
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho nandako licchavimahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho nandakaṃ licchavimahāmattaṃ bhagavā etadavoca –
217“难陀迦，一位圣弟子只要具备了四种法，就是入流者，不再堕恶趣，决定趋近正觉。是哪四种呢？难陀迦，在此，圣弟子对佛陀具有不坏净：‘那位世尊是这样的……天与人的老师、佛陀、世尊。’对法……对僧……他具备了圣者所喜爱的戒行，这些戒行是……导向定的。难陀迦，一位圣弟子正是具备了这四种法，他就是入流者，不再堕恶趣，决定趋近正觉。”
‘‘Catūhi kho, nandaka, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, nandaka, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, nandaka, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.
218“而且，难陀迦，一位具备了这四种法的圣弟子，与寿命相应，无论是天界的还是人间的；与容貌相应，无论是天界的还是人间的；与快乐相应，无论是天界的还是人间的；与名声相应，无论是天界的还是人间的；与主宰力相应，无论是天界的还是人间的。然而，难陀迦，我这样说，并不是从其他沙门或婆罗门那里听来的。我所说的，正是我自己亲身所知、亲身所见、亲身所证悟的。”
‘‘Imehi ca pana, nandaka, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako āyunā saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; vaṇṇena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; sukhena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; yasena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi; ādhipateyyena saṃyutto hoti dibbenapi mānusenapi. Taṃ kho panāhaṃ, nandaka , nāññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā sutvā vadāmi. Api ca yadeva mayā sāmaṃ ñātaṃ sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sāmaṃ viditaṃ, tadevāhaṃ vadāmī’’ti.
219听了这话，有一个人对离车族大臣难陀迦说：“大人，是沐浴的时间了。”“朋友，这些外在的沐浴已经足够了。这内在的沐浴将会足够，那就是——对世尊的信心。”第十经。
Evaṃ vutte aññataro puriso nandakaṃ licchavimahāmattaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nahānakālo, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ dāni, bhaṇe, etena bāhirena nahānena. Alamidaṃ ajjhattaṃ nahānaṃ bhavissati, yadidaṃ – bhagavati pasādo’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
220归依品第三
Saraṇānivaggo tatiyo.
221其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
222其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
223玛哈那玛说二经，果德哈与二归依；
Mahānāmena dve vuttā, godhā ca saraṇā duve;
224给孤独有两个，两个则与恐惧、怨敌有关；
Duve anāthapiṇḍikā, duve verabhayena ca;
225离车族被说为第十，这一品因此而得名。
Licchavī dasamo vutto, vaggo tena pavuccatīti.
2264. 福德之流品
4. Puññābhisandavaggo
2271. 第一福流经
1. Paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ
1027舍卫城的因缘。 “比丘们，有这四种福德之流、善之流，是快乐的资粮。是哪四种呢？比丘们，在此，一位圣弟子对佛陀具有不坏净：‘那位世尊是这样的一位阿拉汉、正自觉者……天人师、佛陀、世尊。’这是第一种福德之流、善之流，是快乐的资粮。
Sāvatthinidānaṃ . ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
229“再者，比丘们，一位圣弟子对法具有不坏净：‘世尊所善说的法是……能由智者各自亲身体证的。’这是第二种福德之流、善之流，是快乐的资粮。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. Ayaṃ dutiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
230「再者，诸比丘，圣弟子具足对僧团的证净——『世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者……是世间的无上福田。』这是第三种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Ayaṃ tatiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
231比丘们，再有，圣弟子具备圣者所珍爱的戒行，这些戒行是完整不破的……能导向定的。这是第四股福德之流、善之流、乐的养分。比丘们，这就是四股福德之流、善之流、乐的养分。第一经。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
2322. 第二福流经
2. Dutiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ
1028「诸比丘，这四种是福德之流、善之流、乐之食。哪四种呢？诸比丘，在此，圣弟子具足对佛的证净——即：『彼世尊是阿拉汉、正自觉者……天人师、佛陀、世尊。』这是第一种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
234再者，比丘们，圣弟子对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….
235再者，比丘们，圣弟子以远离了悭吝垢秽的心在家生活，他放手布施，净手好施，乐于舍离，回应乞求，欢喜于分享和布施。这是第四种福流、善流、安乐的食粮。比丘们，这就是四种福流、善流、安乐的食粮。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
2363. 第三福流经
3. Tatiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ
1029「诸比丘，这四种是福德之流、善之流、乐之食。哪四种呢？诸比丘，在此，圣弟子具足对佛的证净——即：『彼世尊是阿拉汉、正自觉者……天人师、佛陀、世尊。』这是第一种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
238「再者，诸比丘，圣弟子于法…(中略)…于僧…(中略)…。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….
239「再者，诸比丘，圣弟子具慧，具足导向生灭的慧，圣者的、能洞察的、正导向苦尽的。这是第四福德之流、善德之流、乐之资粮。诸比丘，这些是四种福德之流、善德之流、乐之资粮。」第三经。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
2404. 第一天道经
4. Paṭhamadevapadasuttaṃ
1030舍卫城因缘。诸比丘，这四种天人的天足迹，为了未清净众生的清净，为了未净化众生的净化。
Sāvatthinidānaṃ . Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.
242哪四种？诸比丘，于此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊…(中略)…天人师、佛、世尊。这是第一种天人的天足迹，为了未清净众生的清净，为了未净化众生的净化。
Katamāni cattāri? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.
243「再者，诸比丘，圣弟子于法…(中略)…于僧…(中略)…。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….
244「再者，诸比丘，圣弟子具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁…(中略)…导向定的。这是第四种天人的天足迹，为了未清净众生的清净，为了未净化众生的净化。诸比丘，这些是四种天人的天足迹，为了未清净众生的清净，为了未净化众生的净化。」第四经。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Idaṃ catutthaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāyā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
2455. 第二天道经
5. Dutiyadevapadasuttaṃ
1031「诸比丘，这四种天人的天足迹，为了未清净众生的清净，为了未净化众生的净化。
‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.
247「哪四种？诸比丘，于此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊…(中略)…天人师、佛、世尊。他如此省察——『什么是天人的天足迹呢？』他如是了知——『我现在听闻诸天无恼害至上。然而我不恼害任何动者或不动者。确实我住于具足天足迹之法。』这是第一种天人的天足迹，为了未清净众生的清净，为了未净化众生的净化。
‘‘Katamāni cattāri? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘kiṃ nu kho devānaṃ devapada’nti? So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘abyābajjhaparame khvāhaṃ etarahi deve suṇāmi. Na ca kho panāhaṃ kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā. Addhāhaṃ devapadadhammasamannāgato viharāmī’’’ti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya.
248「再者，诸比丘，圣弟子于法……(中略)……于僧伽……(中略)……
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….
249「再者，诸比丘，圣弟子具足圣者所喜之戒，无缺……(中略)……导向定。他如此省察——『什么是诸天的天足呢？』他如此了知——『我现在听闻诸天以无害为最上。我确实不伤害任何动者或不动者。我确实具足天足之法而住。』这是第四诸天的天足，为了未清净诸有情的清净，为了未净化诸有情的净化。诸比丘，这些是四种诸天的天足，为了未清净诸有情的清净，为了未净化诸有情的净化。」第五经。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘kiṃ nu kho devānaṃ devapada’nti ? So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘abyābajjhaparame khvāhaṃ etarahi deve suṇāmi. Na kho panāhaṃ kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā. Addhāhaṃ devapadadhammasamannāgato viharāmī’ti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ devānaṃ devapadaṃ avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāya. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri devānaṃ devapadāni avisuddhānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhiyā apariyodātānaṃ sattānaṃ pariyodapanāyā’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.
2506. 天相似经
6. Devasabhāgasuttaṃ
1032「诸比丘，诸天欢喜地谈论具足四法者。哪四种呢？诸比丘，这里，圣弟子具足对佛的不坏净信——『彼世尊是……(中略)……天人师、佛、世尊。』那些具足对佛的不坏净信、从此处死后生于彼处的诸天人，她们如此想——『我们具足如是对佛的不坏净信，从彼处死后生于此处，圣弟子也具足如是对佛的不坏净信而来到诸天人的面前。』
‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgataṃ attamanā devā sabhāgataṃ kathenti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Yā tā devatā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā ito cutā tatrūpapannā tāsaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘yathārūpena kho mayaṃ buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā tato cutā idhūpapannā, ariyasāvakopi tathārūpena buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato ehīti devānaṃ santike’’’ti.
252「再者，诸比丘，圣弟子于法……(中略)……于僧伽……(中略)……具足圣者所喜之戒，无缺……(中略)……导向定。那些具足圣者所喜之戒、从此处死后生于彼处的诸天人，她们如此想——『我们具足如是圣者所喜之戒，从彼处死后生于此处，圣弟子也具足如是圣者所喜之戒而来到诸天人的面前。』诸比丘，诸天欢喜地谈论具足这四法者。」第六经。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Yā tā devatā ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā ito cutā tatrūpapannā tāsaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘yathārūpehi kho mayaṃ ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā tato cutā idhūpapannā, ariyasāvakopi tathārūpehi ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato ehīti devānaṃ santike’ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ attamanā devā sabhāgataṃ kathentī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
2537. 大名经
7. Mahānāmasuttaṃ
2547. 大名经
7. Mahānāmasuttaṃ
1033有一次，世尊住在释迦国，迦毗罗卫城的榕树园里。那时，释迦族的难提耶来到世尊那里；到了以后，向世尊行礼，然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的释迦族难提耶对世尊这样说道：“大德，如果一位圣弟子，那四个入流支，他完全地、彻底地、在所有方面都不具备，那么，大德，这位圣弟子，算不算是一位住于放逸的人呢？”
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
256“大德，怎样才算是一位在家信众呢？” “摩诃男，当一个人已经归依佛、已经归依法、已经归依僧——到这个程度，摩诃男，就可称为在家信众。”
‘‘Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, upāsako hotī’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, mahānāma, buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako hotī’’ti.
257“那么，大德，怎样才算是一位具足戒行的在家信众呢？” “摩诃男，当一位在家信众远离杀生、远离不与取、远离欲邪行、远离妄语、远离榖酒、果酒等放逸之因的饮品——到这个程度，摩诃男，就可称为具足戒行的在家信众。”
‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako sīlasampanno hotī’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, mahānāma, upāsako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti, – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako sīlasampanno hotī’’ti.
258“那么，大德，怎样才算是一位具足信心的在家信众呢？” “摩诃男，在此，一位在家信众是有信心的，他相信如来的觉悟：'那位世尊也是……天人师、佛陀、世尊。' 到这个程度，摩诃男，就可称为具足信心的在家信众。”
‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako saddhāsampanno hotī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, mahānāma, upāsako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako saddhāsampanno hotī’’ti.
259「尊者，近事男到什么程度才是具足施舍呢？」「摩诃男，在此，近事男以离垢、离悭吝之心住于家中，是舍手者、慷慨者、乐于施舍者、适合乞求者、乐于分施布施者——摩诃男，到这个程度，近事男才是具足施舍。」
‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako cāgasampanno hotī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, mahānāma, upāsako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako cāgasampanno hotī’’ti.
260「尊者，近事男到什么程度才是具足慧呢？」「摩诃男，在此，近事男具有慧，具足导向生灭之慧，具足圣者的、能洞察的、正导向苦尽之慧——摩诃男，到这个程度，近事男才是具足慧。」第七经。
‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako paññāsampanno hotī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, mahānāma, upāsako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā – ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako paññāsampanno hotī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
2618. 瓦萨经
8. Vassasuttaṃ
2628. 瓦萨经
8. Vassasuttaṃ
1034「诸比丘，譬如在山顶上，当天降大雨时，那水顺着低处流下，充满山的岩穴、裂缝、溪流，山的岩穴、裂缝、溪流充满后，充满小湖，小湖充满后，充满大湖，大湖充满后，充满小河，小河充满后，充满大河，大河充满后，充满大海；同样地，诸比丘，圣弟子对佛的证净，对法的证净，对僧的证净，以及圣者所喜之戒——这些法汇流后，到达彼岸，导向诸漏的灭尽。」第八经。
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṃ udakaṃ yathāninnaṃ pavattamānaṃ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti, kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṃ paripūrenti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa yo ca buddhe aveccappasādo, yo ca dhamme aveccappasādo, yo ca saṅghe aveccappasādo, yāni ca ariyakantāni sīlāni – ime dhammā sandamānā pāraṃ gantvā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
2649. 咖离果德经
9. Kāḷigodhasuttaṃ
2659. 咖离果德经
9. Kāḷigodhasuttaṃ
1035一时，世尊住在释迦人中，在咖毕拉瓦图的尼拘律园。那时，世尊在上午时分穿好衣，拿着钵与衣，前往咖离果答释迦女的住处；抵达后，坐在已设的座位上。那时，咖离果答释迦女前往世尊处；抵达后，礼敬世尊，坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的咖离果答释迦女这样说——
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kāḷigodhāya sākiyāniyā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho kāḷigodhā sākiyānī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho kāḷigodhaṃ sākiyāniṃ bhagavā etadavoca –
267“乔达，一位圣女弟子，如果具备了四法，她就成为入流者，不再堕入恶趣，决定性地，终将趋向正觉。哪四法呢？乔达，在此，一位圣女弟子，对佛有那不坏净，成就了它——‘那位世尊就是这样的……（中略）……天人师、佛陀、世尊。’对法……（中略）……对僧……（中略）……她以一颗远离了悭吝污垢的心住在家中，乐于放下，常行布施，从给予中分享快乐，对有求者慷慨解囊。乔达，正是具备了这四法，一位圣女弟子就成为入流者，不再堕入恶趣，决定性地，终将趋向正觉。”
‘‘Catūhi kho, godhe, dhammehi samannāgatā ariyasāvikā sotāpannā hoti avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, godhe, ariyasāvikā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṃvibhāgaratā. Imehi kho, godhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgatā ariyasāvikā sotāpannā hoti avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti.
268「尊者，世尊所说的这四入流支，那些法在我身上存在，而且我在那些法中被见到。尊者，因为我具足对佛的证净——即：彼世尊是……(中略)……是天人师、佛、世尊。对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)……凡在家族中应施之物，一切都不分别论地(施予)具戒者、善法者。」「果德，你获得利益了！果德，你善得了！果德，你已宣说了入流果。」第九经。
‘‘Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṃvijjante te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi. Ahañhi, bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… yaṃ kho pana kiñci kule deyyadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ appaṭivibhattaṃ sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehī’’ti. ‘‘Lābhā te, godhe, suladdhaṃ te, godhe! Sotāpattiphalaṃ tayā, godhe, byākata’’nti. Navamaṃ.
26910. 难地亚帝释天经
10. Nandiyasakkasuttaṃ
1036一时，世尊住在释迦人中，在咖毕拉瓦图的尼拘律园。那时，释迦人难地亚前往世尊处；抵达后，礼敬世尊，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的释迦人难地亚对世尊这样说：「尊者，如果圣弟子完全地、一切地、全部地没有四入流支，那么，尊者，这位圣弟子是否就是住于放逸呢？」
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho nandiyo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho nandiyo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yasseva nu kho, bhante, ariyasāvakassa cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ natthi sveva nu kho, bhante, ariyasāvako pamādavihārī’’ti.
271“难提耶，那四个入流支，如果完全地、彻底地、在所有方面都不具备，我说，这人就是个局外人，属于凡夫那一拨的。不过，难提耶，至于一位圣弟子，在怎样的情况下是住于放逸的人，又在怎样的情况下是住于不放逸的人，你听好了，好好用心思惟；我就要说了。” “好的，大德。”释迦族的难提耶回答世尊。世尊这样说道：
‘‘‘Yassa kho, nandiya, cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ natthi tamahaṃ bāhiro puthujjanapakkhe ṭhito’ti vadāmi. Api ca, nandiya, yathā ariyasāvako pamādavihārī ceva hoti, appamādavihārī ca taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho nandiyo sakko bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
272南迪亚，圣弟子怎样才算是放逸而住的人呢？南迪亚，在这教法中，圣弟子对佛拥有不坏净——那位世尊是这样的……天人师、佛陀、世尊。他满足于对佛的那份不坏净，不再进一步为白天的独处、夜晚的静修而精进。当他这样放逸而住时，就不会有喜悦。喜悦没有了，喜就不会生起。喜没有了，轻安就不会生起。轻安没有了，他就会活在苦当中。心有苦楚，就无法入定。心不入定，诸法就不会显现。诸法不显现，他就被算作一个放逸而住的人。
‘‘Kathañca, nandiya, ariyasāvako pamādavihārī hoti? Idha nandiya, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So tena buddhe aveccappasādena santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya, rattiṃ paṭisallānāya. Tassa evaṃ pamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ na hoti. Pāmojje asati, pīti na hoti. Pītiyā asati, passaddhi na hoti. Passaddhiyā asati, dukkhaṃ viharati. Dukkhino cittaṃ na samādhiyati. Asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ apātubhāvā pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.
273再者，南迪亚，圣弟子对法……对僧……拥有圣者所喜的戒，这些戒不缺不破……导向心定。他不满足于这些圣者所喜的戒，进一步为白天的独处、夜晚的静修而精进。当他这样不放逸而住时，喜悦就会生起。心生喜悦的人，喜就会生起。心意喜悦的人，身体就会变得轻安。身体轻安的人，就能感受快乐。快乐的人，心就能入定。心入定后，诸法就会显现。诸法显现，他就被算作一个不放逸而住的人。南迪亚，圣弟子就是这样不放逸而住的。第十经。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nandiya, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṃ paṭisallānāya. Tassa evaṃ pamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ na hoti. Pāmojje asati, pīti na hoti. Pītiyā asati, passaddhi na hoti. Passaddhiyā asati, dukkhaṃ viharati. Dukkhino cittaṃ na samādhiyati . Asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ apātubhāvā pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ kho, nandiya, ariyasāvako pamādavihārī hoti.
274南迪亚，圣弟子怎样才算是不放逸而住的人呢？南迪亚，在这教法中，圣弟子对佛拥有不坏净——那位世尊是这样的……天人师、佛陀、世尊。他不满足于对佛的那份不坏净，进一步为白天的独处、夜晚的静修而精进。当他这样不放逸而住时，喜悦就会生起。心生喜悦的人，喜就会生起。心意喜悦的人，身体就会变得轻安。身体轻安的人，就能感受快乐。快乐的人，心就能入定。心入定后，诸法就会显现。诸法显现，他就被算作一个不放逸而住的人。
‘‘Kathañca, nandiya, ariyasāvako appamādavihārī hoti? Idha, nandiya, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So tena buddhe aveccappasādena asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṃ paṭisallānāya. Tassa evaṃ appamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Samāhite citte dhammā pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ pātubhāvā appamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati .
275「再者，难地呀，圣弟子对法……(中略)……对僧伽……(中略)……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……(中略)……导向于定。他对那些圣者所喜之戒不感到满足，更进一步精勤于日间的远离、夜间的独坐。他如此不放逸而住时，生起欢悦。欢悦者生起喜。有喜意者身轻安。身轻安者感受乐。乐者之心得定。心得定时，诸法现前。诸法现前故，他被算作是不放逸而住者。难地呀，圣弟子如此是不放逸而住者。」第十经。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nandiya, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṃ paṭisallānāya . Tassa evaṃ appamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Samāhite citte dhammā pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṃ pātubhāvā appamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ kho, nandiya, ariyasāvako appamādavihārī hotī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
276福流品第四
Puññābhisandavaggo catuttho.
277其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
278其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
279讲了三个福德之流，还有两处天道；
Abhisandā tayo vuttā, duve devapadāni ca;
280大名，黑女与难提亚是同类。
Sabhāgataṃ mahānāmo, vassaṃ kāḷī ca nandiyāti.
2815. 有偈福流品
5. Sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo
2821. 第一流经
1. Paṭhamaabhisandasuttaṃ
1037「诸比丘，这四种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。哪四种？诸比丘，这里，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊是阿拉汉……(中略)……是天人师、佛、世尊。这是第一种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。
‘‘Cattārome , bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro.
284「再者，诸比丘，圣弟子对法……(中略)……对僧团……(中略)。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….
285「再者，诸比丘，圣弟子具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……(中略)……导向定。这是第四种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。诸比丘，这些是四种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave , cattāro puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā.
286比丘们，对于具足这四种福流、善流的圣弟子，并不容易计算出他福德的量：‘有这么多福流、善流、安乐的食粮’。那只能算作是一个不可计数、无法衡量的广大福德蕴聚。
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.
287“比丘们，这就像在大海里，你很难去计算水的数量，说'有这么多的升'，或'有这么多的百升'，或'有这么多的千升'，或'有这么多的十万升'。最终，只能把它算作一个无法计算、无法测量的巨大水聚。比丘们，同样的道理，一个具备这四种福德流、善德流的圣弟子，他所积累的福德，你很难去计算它的数量，说'福德流、善德流、快乐的资粮有这么多'。最终，只能把它算作一个无法计算、无法测量的巨大福德蕴。”
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānī’ti vāti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, imehi catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī’’ti.
288世尊说此。说此已，善逝、导师又说此：
Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
289“如同那广阔无垠的大海，巨大的湖泊，
‘‘Mahodadhiṃ aparimitaṃ mahāsaraṃ,
290蕴含众多恐怖，却是诸多珍宝的住处；
Bahubheravaṃ ratanagaṇānamālayaṃ;
291也像那些河流，被成群的人们所依止利用，
Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā,
292一条条奔流不息，最终都汇入大海。”
Puthū savantī upayanti sāgaraṃ.
293就像这样，那布施饮食衣物的人，
‘‘Evaṃ naraṃ annapānavatthadadaṃ,
294布施床具坐具的施主，
Seyyāni paccattharaṇassa dāyakaṃ;
295福德的洪流涌向这位智者，
Puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,
296如同河流带着水汇入大海。第一经。
Najjo yathā vārivahāva sāgara’’nti. paṭhamaṃ;
2972. 第二流经
2. Dutiyaabhisandasuttaṃ
1038「诸比丘！有这四种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。哪四种呢？诸比丘！在此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊是阿拉汉、正自觉者……天人师、佛陀、世尊。这是第一种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。
‘‘Cattārome , bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
299「再者，诸比丘！圣弟子对法……对僧……
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….
300「再者，诸比丘！圣弟子以离垢、离悭吝之心住于家中，是舍施者、伸手施者、乐于舍弃者、乐于应求者、乐于分施布施者。这是第四福德之流、善之流、乐之食。诸比丘！这些是四种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro . Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā.
301「诸比丘！具足这四种福德之流、善之流的圣弟子，其福德的量不易计算为『如此多的福德之流、善之流、乐之食』。而只是算作无数的、无量的、大福德聚。
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando , sukhassāhāro’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.
302比丘们，就好像在这些大河流交汇合一的地方，也就是恒河、亚穆纳河、阿致罗筏底河、萨罗浮河、摩希河，在那汇流处，不容易计算出水的量：‘有这么多桶水’或‘有这么多百桶水’或‘有这么多千桶水’或‘有这么多十万桶水’。那只能算作是一个不可计数、无法衡量的广大水蕴聚。同样地，比丘们，对于具足这四种福流、善流的圣弟子，并不容易计算出他福德的量：‘有这么多福流、善流、安乐的食粮’。那只能算作是一个不可计数、无法衡量的广大福德蕴聚。”这是世尊所说的……那位导师接着说道：
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yatthimā mahānadiyo saṃsandanti samenti, seyyathidaṃ – gaṅgā, yamunā, aciravatī, sarabhū, mahī, tattha na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānī’ti vāti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, imehi catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā…pe… satthā –
303「无边的大海、大湖，
‘‘Mahodadhiṃ aparimitaṃ mahāsaraṃ,
304多可怖畏、诸宝聚之住处；
Bahubheravaṃ ratanagaṇānamālayaṃ;
305犹如为人群所亲近的诸河，
Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā,
306众多河流流向大海。
Puthū savantī upayanti sāgaraṃ.
307「如是施食、饮、衣的人，
‘‘Evaṃ naraṃ annapānavatthadadaṃ,
308卧具与敷具的布施者；
Seyyāni paccattharaṇassa dāyakaṃ;
309福德之流流向智者，
Puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,
310如同江河带着水流奔向大海。” 第二经终。
Najjo yathā vārivahāva sāgara’’nti. dutiyaṃ;
3113. 第三流经
3. Tatiyaabhisandasuttaṃ
1039「诸比丘！有此等四种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。哪四种呢？诸比丘！于此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊是……乃至……是天人师、佛、世尊。这是第一种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro.
313「再者，诸比丘！圣弟子对法……乃至……对僧……乃至……。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe….
314「再者，诸比丘！圣弟子具慧，具足通达生灭之慧，此慧是圣者的、决择的、正导至苦尽的。这是第四种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。诸比丘！这些是四种福德之流、善之流、乐之食。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā.
315「诸比丘！具足此等四种福德之流、善之流的圣弟子，其福德的量不易计算——『有如此多的福德之流、善之流、乐之食』。而是被计为无数的、无量的、大福德聚。」世尊如是说……乃至……导师——
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ – ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā…pe… satthā –
316那位想要福德、立足于善的人，
‘‘Yo puññakāmo kusale patiṭṭhito,
317修习那通向不死证得的道路；
Bhāveti maggaṃ amatassa pattiyā;
318他通达法核心，乐于灭尽，
So dhammasārādhigamo khaye rato,
319面对死神之王的到来，他的心毫不动摇。第三。
Na vedhati maccurājāgamanasmi’’nti . tatiyaṃ;
3204. 第一大财经
4. Paṭhamamahaddhanasuttaṃ
1040比丘们，凡是具足这四法的圣弟子，就是一位入流者，不会堕入恶趣，必定趋向正觉。
‘‘Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ‘aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo’ti vuccati.
322「哪四种呢？诸比丘！在此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊是阿拉汉……(中略)……是诸天人的导师、佛陀、世尊；对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……(中略)……导向定。诸比丘！具足这四法的圣弟子被称为『富有、大富、大财』。」第四经
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ‘aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo’ti vuccatī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
3235. 第二大财经
5. Dutiyamahaddhanasuttaṃ
1041「诸比丘！具足四法的圣弟子被称为『富有、大富、大财、大名声』。
‘‘Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ‘aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo mahāyaso’ti vuccati.
325「哪四种呢？诸比丘！在此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊是阿拉汉……(中略)……是诸天人的导师、佛陀、世尊。对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……(中略)……导向定。诸比丘！具足这四法的圣弟子被称为『富有、大富、大财、大名声』。」第五经
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ‘aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo mahāyaso’ti vuccatī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.
3266. 纯净经
6. Suddhakasuttaṃ
3276. 纯净经
6. Suddhakasuttaṃ
1042「诸比丘！具足四法的圣弟子是入流者，不退堕法，决定趣向正觉。
‘‘Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.
329「以哪四法呢？诸比丘，在此，圣弟子具足对佛的证净——即：彼世尊是……(中略)……是天人师、佛、世尊。对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……(中略)……导向定。诸比丘，具足这四法的圣弟子是入流者，不退堕法，决定趣向正觉。」第六经。
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
3307. 难地亚经
7. Nandiyasuttaṃ
3317. 难地亚经
7. Nandiyasuttaṃ
1043故事发生在迦毗罗卫。世尊对坐在一边的释迦族人难迪亚这样说：“难迪亚，具足四法，圣弟子就成为入流者，不会堕入恶趣，确定无疑，以正觉为归宿。”
Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho nandiyaṃ sakkaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘catūhi kho, nandiya, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’.
333“具足哪四法呢？难迪亚，这里，圣弟子对佛具有不坏净：‘那位世尊就是这样——是阿拉汉、正自觉者......天神与人的老师、佛陀、世尊。’对法......对僧......他具有圣者所喜爱的戒，这些戒不缺漏......能导向定的。难迪亚，正是具足这四法，圣弟子成为入流者，不会堕入恶趣，确定无疑，以正觉为归宿。”第七经。
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, nandiya, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, nandiya, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
3348. 跋地亚经
8. Bhaddiyasuttaṃ
3358. 跋地亚经
8. Bhaddiyasuttaṃ
1044故事发生在迦毗罗卫。世尊对坐在一边的释迦族人跋提亚这样说：“跋提亚，具足四法，圣弟子就成为入流者，不会堕入恶趣，确定无疑，以正觉为归宿。”
Kapilavatthunidānaṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho bhaddiyaṃ sakkaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘catūhi kho, bhaddiya, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.
337“具足哪四法呢？跋提亚，这里，圣弟子对佛......对法......对僧......他具有圣者所喜爱的戒，这些戒不缺漏......能导向定的。跋提亚，正是具足这四法，圣弟子成为入流者，不会堕入恶趣，确定无疑，以正觉为归宿。”第八经。
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhaddiya, ariyasāvako buddhe…pe… dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhaddiya, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
3389. 大名经
9. Mahānāmasuttaṃ
3399. 大名经
9. Mahānāmasuttaṃ
1045故事发生在迦毗罗卫。世尊对坐在一边的释迦族人摩诃男这样说：“摩诃男，具足四法，圣弟子就成为入流者......以正觉为归宿。”
Kapilavatthunidānaṃ . Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘catūhi kho, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti…pe… sambodhiparāyaṇo’’.
341“是哪四种呢？摩诃男，在这里，圣弟子对佛陀……对法……对僧……具足圣者所喜爱的戒，这些戒不破损、……导向定。摩诃男，具足这四法，圣弟子就是入流者，不堕恶趣，决定趣向正觉。” 第九经。
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe…pe… dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, mahānāma, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Navamaṃ.
34210. 支分经
10. Aṅgasuttaṃ
34310. 支分经
10. Aṅgasuttaṃ
1046“比丘们，有这四种入流支。哪四种？亲近善士，听闻正法，如理作意，法随法行——比丘们，这就是四种入流支。” 第十经。
‘‘Cattārimāni , bhikkhave, sotāpattiyaṅgāni. Katamāni cattāri? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgānī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
345有偈福流品第五
Sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo pañcamo.
346其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
347其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
348“润泽经说了三部，还有两部与大量财富相关；”
Abhisandā tayo vuttā, duve mahaddhanena ca;
349清净、难提、跋提，大名与安古，此为十。
Suddhaṃ nandiyaṃ bhaddiyaṃ, mahānāmaṅgena te dasāti.
3506. 具慧品
6. Sappaññavaggo
3511. 有偈经
1. Sagāthakasuttaṃ
3526. 具慧品
6. Sappaññavaggo
3531. 有偈经
1. Sagāthakasuttaṃ
1047「诸比丘！具足四法，圣弟子为入流者，不堕恶趣法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。
‘‘Catūhi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.
355「何为四者？诸比丘！于此，圣弟子对佛具足不坏净——即：彼世尊是阿拉汉、正自觉者……人天之师、佛、世尊。对法……对僧……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……导向定。诸比丘！具足此四法，圣弟子为入流者，不堕恶趣法，决定，以正觉为彼岸。」世尊说此。说此已，善逝、导师又说此——
‘‘Katamehi catūhi? Idha , bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
356「对如来之信，不动、善安立；
‘‘Yassa saddhā tathāgate, acalā suppatiṭṭhitā;
357其戒善妙，圣者所喜、所赞叹。
Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ.
358「凡对僧团有净信，且见已正直者；」
‘‘Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, ujubhūtañca dassanaṃ;
359「他们说那人不贫穷，他的生命不空过。」
Adaliddoti taṃ āhu, amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ.
360「因此，有智者应勤修信与戒、净信与法见，」
‘‘Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ;
361「忆念诸佛之教。」第一经。
Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, saraṃ buddhānasāsana’’nti. paṭhamaṃ;
3622. 瓦萨住经
2. Vassaṃvutthasuttaṃ
1048一时，世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。尔时，某位比丘在舍卫城瓦萨后，因某事务而到达咖毕拉瓦图。咖毕拉瓦图的释迦们听闻：「据说某位比丘在舍卫城瓦萨后到达咖毕拉瓦图。」
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃvuttho kapilavatthuṃ anuppatto hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosuṃ kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā – ‘‘aññataro kira bhikkhu sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃvuttho kapilavatthuṃ anuppatto’’ti.
364于是咖毕拉瓦图的释迦们前往那位比丘处；抵达后，礼敬那位比丘，坐于一旁。坐于一旁的咖毕拉瓦图萨咖们对那位比丘如此说：「尊者，世尊是否无病且强健？」「贤友，世尊无病且强健。」「尊者，舍利弗与目犍连是否无病且强健？」「贤友，舍利弗与目犍连也无病且强健。」「尊者，比丘僧团是否无病且强健？」「贤友，比丘僧团也无病且强健。」「尊者，在这瓦萨期间，你是否从世尊面前听闻、领受了什么？」「贤友，我从世尊面前听闻、领受了这个：『诸比丘，那些以诸漏尽，于现法自己以证智作证后，证得无漏心解脱、慧解脱而住的比丘们是少数。而这些比丘更多：那些以五下分结的灭尽，成为化生者，在那里般涅槃，不从那个世间再来者。』」
Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kacci, bhante, bhagavā arogo ceva balavā cā’’ti? ‘‘Arogo cāvuso, bhagavā balavā cā’’ti. ‘‘Kacci pana, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā arogā ceva balavanto cā’’ti? ‘‘Sāriputtamoggallānāpi kho, āvuso, arogā ceva balavanto cā’’ti. ‘‘Kacci pana, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho arogo ca balavā cā’’ti. ‘‘Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho, āvuso, arogo ca balavā cā’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana te, bhante, kiñci iminā antaravassena bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahita’’nti? ‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘appakā te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. Atha kho eteva bahutarā bhikkhū ye pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā’’’ti.
365「贤友，我还从世尊面前听闻、领受了这个：『诸比丘，那些以五下分结的灭尽，成为化生者，在那里般涅槃，不从那个世间再来的比丘们是少数。而这些比丘更多：那些以三结的灭尽，以贪嗔痴的减弱，成为一来者，只来此世间一次后将作苦的终结者。』」
‘‘Aparampi kho me, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘appakā te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Atha kho eteva bahutarā bhikkhū ye tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissantī’’’ti.
366「贤友，我还从世尊面前听闻、领受了这个：『诸比丘，那些以三结的灭尽，以贪嗔痴的减弱，成为一来者，只来此世间一次后将作苦的终结的比丘们是少数。而这些比丘更多：那些以三结的灭尽，成为入流者，不堕恶趣法，决定，以正觉为彼岸者。』」第二经。
‘‘Aparampi kho me, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘appakā te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Atha kho eteva bahutarā bhikkhū ye tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
3673. 法施经
3. Dhammadinnasuttaṃ
1049一时，世尊住在波罗奈仙人堕处鹿野苑。尔时，法施近事男与五百近事男一起，前往世尊所在之处；抵达后，礼敬世尊，坐于一旁。坐于一旁的法施近事男对世尊如此说道——「尊者，请世尊教诫我们；尊者，请世尊教导我们，那将长久利益我们、安乐我们。」
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. Atha kho dhammadinno upāsako pañcahi upāsakasatehi saddhiṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dhammadinno upāsako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ovadatu no, bhante, bhagavā; anusāsatu no, bhante, bhagavā yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.
369「因此，法施，你们应当如此学——『凡那些如来所说的经，甚深、甚深义、出世间、与空相应者，我们将时时地证得而住』。法施，你们应当如此学。」「尊者，这对我们来说并不容易——住于充满子女的卧处、享用迦尸咖旃檀、持用花香涂香、接受金银者——时时地证得而住那些如来所说的经，甚深、甚深义、出世间、与空相应者。尊者，请世尊为我们这些安住于五学处者教导更上之法。」
‘‘Tasmātiha vo, dhammadinnaṃ, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā te kālena kālaṃ upasampajja viharissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, dhammadinna, sikkhitabba’’nti. ‘‘Na kho netaṃ, bhante, sukaraṃ amhehi puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvasantehi kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhontehi mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhārayantehi jātarūparajataṃ sādiyantehi – ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā te kālena kālaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Tesaṃ no, bhante, bhagavā amhākaṃ pañcasu sikkhāpadesu ṭhitānaṃ uttaridhammaṃ desetū’’ti.
370「因此，法施，你们应当如此学——『我们将具足对佛的证净——即：彼世尊……(中略)……是天人师、佛、世尊。对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)……我们将具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……(中略)……导向定者』。法施，你们应当如此学。」
‘‘Tasmātiha vo, dhammadinna, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā bhavissāma akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī’ti. Evañhi vo, dhammadinna, sikkhitabba’’nti.
371「尊者，凡世尊所教导的这四预流支，那些法在我们身上存在，我们在那些法中被见到。尊者，我们具足对佛的证净——即：彼世尊……(中略)……是天人师、佛、世尊。对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……(中略)……导向定者。」「法施，你们获得利益了，法施，你们善得了！你们已记说预流果。」第三经。
‘‘Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṃvijjante te dhammā amhesu, mayañca tesu dhammesu sandissāma. Mayañhi bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā – itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā akhaṇḍehi…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikehī’’ti. ‘‘Lābhā vo , dhammadinna, suladdhaṃ vo, dhammadinna! Sotāpattiphalaṃ tumhehi byākata’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.
3724. 病经
4. Gilānasuttaṃ
3734. 病经
4. Gilānasuttaṃ
1050一时，世尊住在释迦人中，咖毕拉瓦图的尼拘律园。尔时，众多比丘为世尊作衣业——「世尊衣已成，三月后将出发游行。」释迦人摩诃男听闻——「据说众多比丘为世尊作衣业——『世尊衣已成，三月后将出发游行』。」于是，释迦人摩诃男前往世尊所在之处；抵达后，礼敬世尊，坐于一旁。坐于一旁的释迦人摩诃男对世尊如此说道——「尊者，我听闻——『据说众多比丘为世尊作衣业——世尊衣已成，三月后将出发游行』。尊者，我未曾从世尊面前听闻、面前领受：有慧的近事男应如何教诫有慧的近事男，当他生病、痛苦、重病时。」
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti. Assosi kho mahānāmo sakko – ‘‘sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – ‘niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’’ti . Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutametaṃ, bhante – ‘sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti – niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti. Na kho netaṃ , bhante, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ sappaññena upāsakena sappañño upāsako ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno ovaditabbo’’ti.
375「摩诃男，有慧的近事男应以四种安慰法安慰有慧的近事男，当他生病、痛苦、重病时——『具寿请安心——具寿对佛有证净：即彼世尊……(中略)……是天人师、佛、世尊。具寿请安心——具寿对法……(中略)……对僧……(中略)……具足圣者所喜之戒，无毁……(中略)……导向定者』。」
‘‘Sappaññena mahānāma, upāsakena sappañño upāsako ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno catūhi assāsanīyehi dhammehi assāsetabbo – ‘assāsatāyasmā – atthāyasmato buddhe aveccappasādo itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti . Assāsatāyasmā – atthāyasmato dhamme…pe… saṅghe…pe… ariyakantāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni…pe… samādhisaṃvattanikānī’’’ti.
376“摩诃男，一位具足智慧的在家信众，应该用这四种安稳法来安慰另一位重病受苦、有智慧的在家信众，这样对他说：‘尊者，你对父母还有牵挂吗？’如果他这样说：‘我对父母还有牵挂。’那么就应该这样对他说：‘贤者，你终归是要死的。如果你对父母怀着牵挂，也终究会死；如果你不牵挂父母，也终究会死。贤者，请放下你对父母的牵挂吧。’”
‘‘Sappaññena , mahānāma, upāsakena sappañño upāsako ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno imehi catūhi assāsanīyehi dhammehi assāsetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘atthāyasmato mātāpitūsu apekkhā’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘atthi me mātāpitūsu apekkhā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmā kho māriso maraṇadhammo. Sace pāyasmā mātāpitūsu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva; no ce pāyasmā mātāpitūsu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva. Sādhāyasmā, yā te mātāpitūsu apekkhā taṃ pajahā’’’ti.
377“如果他这样说：‘我对父母的牵挂已经放下了。’那么就应该这样问他：‘尊者，那你对妻儿还有牵挂吗？’如果他这样说：‘我对妻儿还有牵挂。’那么就应该这样对他说：‘贤者，你终归是要死的。如果你对妻儿怀着牵挂，也终究会死；如果你不牵挂妻儿，也终究会死。贤者，请放下你对妻儿的牵挂吧。’”
‘‘So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘yā me mātāpitūsu apekkhā sā pahīnā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘atthi panāyasmato puttadāresu apekkhā’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘atthi me puttadāresu apekkhā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmā kho māriso maraṇadhammo. Sace pāyasmā puttadāresu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva; no ce pāyasmā puttadāresu apekkhaṃ karissati, marissateva. Sādhāyasmā, yā te puttadāresu apekkhā taṃ pajahā’’’ti.
378“如果他这样说：‘我对妻儿的牵挂已经放下了。’那么就应该这样问他：‘尊者，那你对人间的五种欲乐还有牵挂吗？’如果他这样说：‘我对人间的五种欲乐还有牵挂。’那么就应该这样对他说：‘朋友，比起人间的欲乐，天界的欲乐要殊胜得多、美妙得多。贤者，请你把心从人间的欲乐中抽离出来，把心转向四大王天吧。’”
‘‘So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘yā me puttadāresu apekkhā sā pahīnā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘atthi panāyasmato mānusakesu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu apekkhā’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘atthi me mānusakesu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu apekkhā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘mānusakehi kho, āvuso, kāmehi dibbā kāmā abhikkantatarā ca paṇītatarā ca. Sādhāyasmā, mānusakehi kāmehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā cātumahārājikesu devesu cittaṃ adhimocehī’’’ti.
379“如果他这样说：‘我的心已从人间的欲乐中抽离，已转向四大王天了。’那么就应该这样对他说：‘朋友，比起四大王天，三十三天的天众要殊胜得多、美妙得多。贤者，请你把心从四大王天抽离出来，把心转向三十三天吧。’”
‘‘So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘mānusakehi me kāmehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, cātumahārājikesu devesu cittaṃ adhimocita’nti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘cātumahārājikehi kho, āvuso , devehi tāvatiṃsā devā abhikkantatarā ca paṇītatarā ca. Sādhāyasmā, cātumahārājikehi devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā tāvatiṃsesu devesu cittaṃ adhimocehī’’’ti.
380「若他如此说——『我的心已从四大王天的天人出离，于三十三天的天人令心胜解』，应如此对他说——『贤友，夜摩天的天人比三十三天的天人……兜率天的天人……化乐天的天人……他化自在天的天人……贤友，梵天界比他化自在天的天人更殊胜、更微妙。尊者善哉，从他化自在天的天人令心出离，于梵天界令心胜解。』若他如此说——『我的心已从他化自在天的天人出离，于梵天界令心胜解』，应如此对他说——『贤友，梵天界也是无常的、非恒的、被有身所摄的。尊者善哉，从梵天界令心出离，于有身灭令心导向。』」
‘‘So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘cātumahārājikehi me devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, tāvatiṃsesu devesu cittaṃ adhimocita’nti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘tāvatiṃsehi kho, āvuso, devehi yāmā devā…pe… tusitā devā…pe… nimmānaratī devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattī devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattīhi kho, āvuso, devehi brahmaloko abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Sādhāyasmā, paranimmitavasavattīhi devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā brahmaloke cittaṃ adhimocehī’ti. So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘paranimmitavasavattīhi me devehi cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, brahmaloke cittaṃ adhimocita’nti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘brahmalokopi kho, āvuso, anicco addhuvo sakkāyapariyāpanno. Sādhāyasmā, brahmalokā cittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ upasaṃharāhī’’’ti.
381「若他如此说——『我的心已从梵天界出离，我令心导向有身灭』；大名，如此心解脱的近事男与心解脱的比丘，我说在解脱方面没有任何差别，即：解脱者已解脱。」第四。
‘‘So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘brahmalokā me cittaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ, sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ upasaṃharāmī’ti; evaṃ vimuttacittassa kho, mahānāma, upāsakassa āsavā vimuttacittena bhikkhunā na kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ vadāmi, yadidaṃ – vimuttiyā vimutta’’nti. Catutthaṃ.
3825. 入流果经
5. Sotāpattiphalasuttaṃ
1051比丘们，有这四法，修习、多修之后，能导向作证入流果。哪四法呢？亲近善人、听闻正法、如理作意、法随法行——比丘们，这四法，修习、多修之后，能导向作证入流果。第五。
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? Sappurisasaṃsevo , saddhammassavanaṃ , yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.
3846. 一来果经
6. Sakadāgāmiphalasuttaṃ
1052比丘们，有这四法，修习、多修之后，能导向作证一来果。哪四法呢？......能导向......。第六。
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? …Pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
3867. 不来果经
7. Anāgāmiphalasuttaṃ
1053......能导向作证不来果......能导向......。第七。
…Pe… anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya…pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
3888. 阿拉汉果经
8. Arahattaphalasuttaṃ
1054......能导向作证阿拉汉果......能导向......。第八。
…Pe… arahattaphalasacchikiriyāya…pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
3909. 慧获得经
9. Paññāpaṭilābhasuttaṃ
1055......能导向获得智慧......能导向......。第九。
…Pe… paññāpaṭilābhāya…pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.
39210. 慧增长经
10. Paññāvuddhisuttaṃ
1056......能导向智慧增长......能导向......。第十。
…Pe… paññāvuddhiyā …pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
39411. 慧广大经
11. Paññāvepullasuttaṃ
1057……略……导向广大的智慧……略……。”第十一。
…Pe…. Paññāvepullāya…pe… saṃvattantī’’ti. Ekādasamaṃ.
396具慧品第六
Sappaññavaggo chaṭṭho.
397其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
398其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
399有偈、瓦萨、法施与病者；
Sagāthakaṃ vassaṃvutthaṃ, dhammadinnañca gilānaṃ;
400四果、获得、增长与广大。
Caturo phalā paṭilābho, vuddhi vepullatāya cāti.
4017. 大慧品
7. Mahāpaññavaggo
4021. 大慧经
1. Mahāpaññāsuttaṃ
4037. 大慧品
7. Mahāpaññavaggo
4041. 大慧经
1. Mahāpaññāsuttaṃ
1058“比丘们，修习、多修这四法，能导向大慧。哪四种？亲近善士、听闻正法、如理作意、法随法行——比丘们，修习、多修这四法，确实能导向大慧。”第一。
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahāpaññatāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahāpaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
4062. 广慧经
2. Puthupaññāsuttaṃ
4072. 广慧经
2. Puthupaññāsuttaṃ
1059……这会带来广博的智慧。第二经。
… Puthupaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
4093. 宽慧经
3. Vipulapaññāsuttaṃ
1060……导向大慧。」第三。
… Vipulapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4114. 深慧经
4. Gambhīrapaññāsuttaṃ
1061……这会带来深邃的智慧。第四经。
… Gambhīrapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
4135. 无量慧经
5. Appamattapaññāsuttaṃ
1062……这会带来不放逸的智慧。第五经。
… Appamattapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.
4156. 多慧经
6. Bhūripaññāsuttaṃ
4166. 多慧经
6. Bhūripaññāsuttaṃ
1063……这会带来如大地般的广慧。第六经。
… Bhūripaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
4187. 慧众多经
7. Paññābāhullasuttaṃ
1064……这会带来丰足的智慧。第七经。
… Paññābāhullā saṃvattantī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
4208. 速慧经
8. Sīghapaññāsuttaṃ
4218. 速慧经
8. Sīghapaññāsuttaṃ
1065……能导向敏捷的智慧。第八经。
… Sīghapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
4239. 轻慧经
9. Lahupaññāsuttaṃ
4249. 轻慧经
9. Lahupaññāsuttaṃ
1066……能导向轻快的智慧。第九经。
… Lahupaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.
42610. 喜慧经
10. Hāsapaññāsuttaṃ
42710. 喜慧经
10. Hāsapaññāsuttaṃ
1067……能导向欢喜的智慧。第十经。
… Hāsapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
42911. 捷慧经
11. Javanapaññāsuttaṃ
1068……能导向迅捷的智慧。第十一经。
… Javanapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Ekādasamaṃ.
43112. 利慧经
12. Tikkhapaññāsuttaṃ
1069……能导向锐利的智慧。第十二经。
… Tikkhapaññatā saṃvattantī’’ti. Dvādasamaṃ.
43313. 通达慧经
13. Nibbedhikapaññāsuttaṃ
1070……能导向洞察的智慧。是哪四种呢？亲近善士、听闻正法、如理作意、法随法行——比丘们，正是这四种法，修习多作之后，能导向洞察的智慧。第十三经。
… Nibbedhikapaññatā saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti – ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā nibbedhikapaññatāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Terasamaṃ.
435大慧品第七
Mahāpaññavaggo sattamo.
436其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
437其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
438大、广、广大、甚深，无量、多、众多；
Mahā puthu vipula-gambhīraṃ, appamatta-bhūri-bāhullaṃ;
439速、快、笑、速，利与通达慧。
Sīgha-lahu-hāsa-javana, tikkha-nibbedhikāya cāti.
440入流相应第十一
Sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ ekādasamaṃ.